TW200916979A - Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, measuring method, and position measurement system - Google Patents
Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, measuring method, and position measurement system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW200916979A TW200916979A TW097132324A TW97132324A TW200916979A TW 200916979 A TW200916979 A TW 200916979A TW 097132324 A TW097132324 A TW 097132324A TW 97132324 A TW97132324 A TW 97132324A TW 200916979 A TW200916979 A TW 200916979A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- measuring
- measurement
- moving body
- sensor
- wafer
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 title claims description 176
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 77
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims description 12
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 title 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 125
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 335
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 290
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 116
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 102
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 56
- 229920000314 poly p-methyl styrene Polymers 0.000 description 41
- 239000005871 repellent Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 32
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 30
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 6
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 101100378758 Anemone leveillei AL21 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 3
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006059 cover glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N decalin Chemical compound C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010436 fluorite Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 2
- HGUFODBRKLSHSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-dibenzo-p-dioxin Chemical compound O1C2=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C2OC2=C1C=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C2 HGUFODBRKLSHSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010011469 Crying Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000876606 Homo sapiens Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by ERC2-IT1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100065246 Mus musculus Enc1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010067482 No adverse event Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035223 Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by ERC2-IT1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000533293 Sesbania emerus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006094 Zerodur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009310 astigmatism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012776 electronic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000887 face Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUCNUKMRBVNAPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoroethene Chemical compound FC=C XUCNUKMRBVNAPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002309 gasification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002241 glass-ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000036316 preload Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021251 pulses Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001747 pupil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004904 shortening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N vertaline Natural products C1C2C=3C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=3OC(C=C3)=CC=C3CCC(=O)OC1CC1N2CCCC1 PXXNTAGJWPJAGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013316 zoning Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/70691—Handling of masks or workpieces
- G03F7/70775—Position control, e.g. interferometers or encoders for determining the stage position
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/70483—Information management; Active and passive control; Testing; Wafer monitoring, e.g. pattern monitoring
- G03F7/70491—Information management, e.g. software; Active and passive control, e.g. details of controlling exposure processes or exposure tool monitoring processes
- G03F7/70516—Calibration of components of the microlithographic apparatus, e.g. light sources, addressable masks or detectors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
- G03F7/708—Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment aspects, hygiene aspects or materials
- G03F7/7085—Detection arrangement, e.g. detectors of apparatus alignment possibly mounted on wafers, exposure dose, photo-cleaning flux, stray light, thermal load
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F9/00—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically
- G03F9/70—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically for microlithography
- G03F9/7003—Alignment type or strategy, e.g. leveling, global alignment
- G03F9/7023—Aligning or positioning in direction perpendicular to substrate surface
- G03F9/7026—Focusing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F9/00—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically
- G03F9/70—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically for microlithography
- G03F9/7003—Alignment type or strategy, e.g. leveling, global alignment
- G03F9/7023—Aligning or positioning in direction perpendicular to substrate surface
- G03F9/7034—Leveling
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F9/00—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically
- G03F9/70—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically for microlithography
- G03F9/7049—Technique, e.g. interferometric
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F9/00—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically
- G03F9/70—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically for microlithography
- G03F9/7073—Alignment marks and their environment
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
- Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
- Length Measuring Devices By Optical Means (AREA)
- Container, Conveyance, Adherence, Positioning, Of Wafer (AREA)
Abstract
Description
200916979 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明,係關於移動體驅動方法及移動體驅動系統、 以及圖案形成方法及襄置、曝光方法及裝置、元件製造方 法、測量方法、以及位置測量系統,特別是,係關於實質 沿二維平面驅動移動體之移動體驅動方法及移動體驅動系 統、利用該移動體驅動方法之圖案形成方法及具備該移動 體驅動系統的圖案形成裝置、利用該移動體驅動方法之曝 光方法及具備該移動體驅動系統的曝光裝置、利用該圖案 形成方法之it件製造方法、用以測量面位置測量系統所具 備之複數個感測器讀頭(用以測量該移動體在正交於二維平 面之方向之位置資訊)之位置資訊之測量方法、以及測量該 移動體之位置資訊之位置測量系統。 【先前技術】 往,在製造半導體元件(積體電路等)、液晶顯示元件等 之電子元件(微型元件)的微影製程中,主要使用步進重複方 式之投影曝光裝置(所謂步進器)、步進掃描方式之投影曝光 裝置(所謂掃描步進器(亦稱掃描器))等。 然而,作為被曝光基板之晶圓的表面,例如會因晶圓 之起伏等而未必為平坦^因^,特別是掃描器等之掃描型 曝光裝置’當以掃描曝光方式將標線片圖案轉印於晶圓上 = ‘、、、射區域時’係、使用多焦點位置檢測系統(以下亦稱為 系、”充」)等檢測设定於曝光區域内之複數個檢測 點中晶圓表面在投影光學系統之光軸方向的位置資訊(聚焦 200916979 二:)一並根據该檢測結果,控制保持晶圓之平台或載台在 以戚:之位置及傾斜、亦即聚焦調平控^,以使晶圓表 ^曝先區域内隨時—致於投影光學系統之像面(成為像面 之焦深|⑽内)(參照例如美國專利第5,448,332號說明書)。 又’步進器或掃描器等’伴隨著積體電路之微細化所 ,用之曝光用光之波長亦逐年變短,χ,投影光學系統之 錄孔徑亦逐漸增大(大财化),藉此謀求提升解析度。另 面藉由曝光用光之短波長化及投影光學系統之大 ΝΑ化能使焦深變得非常狹窄,因此恐有曝光動作時之聚焦 格度不足之虞。因Λ,作為實質縮短曝 在空氣中相較實質變大(變宽)的方法孫古 ’,,、 只夂A【雯見)的方法,係有一種利用液浸法 之曝光裝置最近受到嘱目(參照例如國際公開第 2004/053 955 號小冊子)。 風然而,此種利用液浸法之曝光裝置、或其他之投影光 學系統下端面與晶圓之間的距離(工作距離)狹窄的曝光裝 置^系難以將上述多點AF “配置於投影光學系統附近。 另-方面’曝光裝置係被要求實現高精度之晶圓面位置控 制’以實現高精度之曝光。 又,步進器或掃描器等用以保持被曝光基板(例如晶圓) 之載台(平台)的位置測量,一般係使用高分析能力之雷射干 涉儀來進行而,測量載台位置之雷射干涉儀之光束的 光路長高達數百„1„1程度以上,且伴隨著半導體元件之高積 體化之圖案的微細化,係越被要求高精度之載台的位置控 制,因此,目前已逐漸無法忽視因雷射干涉儀之光束光^ 200916979 上之境疯1窃α之溫度戀4卜武、、田由以-Jjr 又I化或/皿度梯度之影響而產生之办 搖晃所導致的測量值短期變動。 乳 因此’雖亦有考量使用直接 且按判篁十台表面在光軸方向 之位置資訊(面位置資訊)之感測器系統來代替干涉儀,但此 種干涉儀系統有與干涉儀不同之各種誤差要因。 【發明内容】 …根據本發明之帛1態樣’提供-種移動體驅動方法, 係貫質地沿二維平面驅叙狡l ^ 尹卞囟驅動移動體,其特徵在於,包含:驅 動步驟,係使該移動體沿单 _ 平仃於該一維平面之既定方向移 動,且在該移動體之移動巾 、 使用位置測量系統之複數個 感測器讀頭測量該移動體在正交於該二維平面之方向之位 置貢訊,根據該測量資訊與用於該資訊之測量之至少一個 感測益讀頭在平行於命—給1 A你卞仃於该一維平面之面内的位置資訊,將該 移動體驅動於至少相對於該二維平面之傾斜方向。 根據上述’ T將移動體驅動於至少相肖於二維平面之 傾斜方向’來4除因感測器讀頭在平行於二維平面(移動體 之移動面)之面内的位置誤差(自設計值之誤差)所導致之移 動體在至少傾斜方向的位置測量誤差。 根據本發明之S 2態樣,提供—種圖案形成方法,其 特徵在於’包纟:將物體裝載於可沿移動面移動之移動體 上的步驟’以及為了於該物體形成圖案而使用本發明之移 動體驅動方法驅動該移動體的步驟。 β 據上述,由於藉由移動體驅動方法以良好精度驅動 載有物體的移動體,以於物體形成圖案,而能以良好精 200916979 度將圖案形成於物體上。 -根據本發明之第3態樣,提供—種包含圖案形成步驟 一牛製U方法,其特徵在於:在該圖案形成步驟中,使 用本發明之圖案形成方法在基板上形成圖案。 &根據本發明之第4態樣,提供一種曝光方法,係藉由 ^量束之照射將圖案形成於物體,其特徵在於:係使用本 之移動體驅動方法驅動裝載該物體的移動體,以使該 能量束與該物體相對移動。 根據上述,係使用本發明之移動體驅動方法以良好精 度驅動裝載物體的移動體,以使照射於物體之能量束與該 物體相對移動。因& ’能藉由掃描曝光以良好精度將圖案 形成於物體上。 根據本發明之第5態樣,提供一種測量方法,係測量 位置測量系統所具備之用於測量移動體在與該二維平面正 交之方向之位置資訊感測器讀頭在平行於該二維平面之面 内的位置資訊,該測量位置測量系統,係測量實質沿二維 T面移動之移動體在相對於該二維平面之傾斜方向的位置 貧訊,其特徵在於,該測量方法包含:第1讀頭位置測量 步驟,係使該移動體移動於該二維平面内之第丨方向以使 該=動體通過與該位置測量系統之該感測器讀頭對應之感 測杰的檢測區域,並根據在該移動中所取得之與該位置測 量系統分別獨立設置、用以測量該移動體在該第丨方向之 位置資訊的第i測量裝置之測量值、以及與該測量值對應 之該感測器之檢測訊號,算出該感測器讀頭在該第1方向 200916979 之位置。 根據上述,僅使該移動體移動於二維平面内之第丨方 向’即可使移動體通過與該位置測量系統之該感測器讀頭 對應之感測器的檢測區域,而能求出該感測器讀頭在第】 方向之位置。 一,據本發明之第6態樣,提供_種移動體驅動系統, 係實:地沿二維平面驅動移動體,其特徵在於,具備:位 置、彳量系統,具有在平行於該二維平面之面内配置成二 維、用以測量該移動體在與該二維平面正交之方向之位置 資訊的複數個感測器讀頭;以及驅動裝置,係使該移動體 沿平行於該二維平面之既定方向移動,且在該移動體之移 動中’使用該位置測量系統之複數個感測器讀頭測量該移 動體在正交於該二維平面之方向之位置資訊,根據該測量 貢訊與用於該資訊(測量之至少一個感測器讀頭在平行於 平面之面内的位置資訊,將該移動體驅動於相對於 該二維平面之傾斜方向。 根據上述,可將移動體驅動於至少相對於二維平面之 傾斜方向,來消除因感測器讀頭在平行於二維平面(移動體 之移動面)之面内的位置誤差(自設計值之誤差)所導致之移 動體在至少傾斜方向的位置測量誤差。 根據本發明之第7態樣,提供-種圖案形成裝置,其 〃備·放載物體且可保持該物體沿移動面移動之移動體;以 及驅動該移動體以於該物體形成圖案之本發明之移動體驅 動系統。 200916979 根據上述’由於藉由移動體驅動系統以良好精度驅動 保持物體的移動體,以於物體形成圖案,而能以良好精度 將圖案形成於物體上。 根據本發明之第8態樣,提供一種曝光裝置,係藉由 旎董束之照射將圖案形成於物體,其具備:對該物體照射 該能量束之圖案化裝置;以及本發明之移動體驅動系統; 藉由§亥移動體驅動系統驅動裝載該物體的移動體,以使該 能量束與該物體相對移動。 根據上述,係使用本發明之移動體驅動系統以高精度 驅動裝載物體的移動體,以使照射於物體之能量束與該物 體相對移動。因此,能藉由掃描曝光以良好精度將圖案形 成於物體上。 根據本發明之第9態樣,提供一種位置測量系統,係 測量實質地沿二維平面移動之移動體的位置測量系統其 特徵在於,具備:複數個感測器讀頭,設置於能與該二維 平面對向之複數位置,與實質地沿二維平面移動之該移動 體對向,產生該移動體在與該二維平面正交之方向之位置 所對映的輸出;使用來自該複數個感測器讀頭之至少一個 之輸出、以及該至少一個感測器讀頭在與該二維平面實質 平行之面上之設置位置的相關資訊,檢測該移動體之至少 相對該二維平面之傾斜資訊。 根據上述,可從感測器讀頭在與二維平面(移動體之移 動面)實質平行的面上之設置位置的相關資訊,求出因感測 器讀頭之設置位置的誤差(自設計值之誤差)所導致之移動 200916979[Technical Field] The present invention relates to a moving body driving method and a moving body driving system, and a pattern forming method and apparatus, an exposure method and apparatus, a component manufacturing method, a measuring method, and a position The measurement system is, in particular, a moving body driving method and a moving body driving system for driving a moving body substantially along a two-dimensional plane, a pattern forming method using the moving body driving method, and a pattern forming apparatus including the moving body driving system, and utilizing Exposure method of the moving body driving method, exposure apparatus including the moving body driving system, and a method for manufacturing the same using the pattern forming method, and a plurality of sensor reading heads for measuring a surface position measuring system (for A method of measuring position information of the position information of the moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane, and a position measuring system for measuring position information of the moving body. [Prior Art] In the lithography process for manufacturing electronic components (micro components) such as semiconductor elements (integrated circuits) and liquid crystal display devices, a step-and-repeat projection exposure device (so-called stepper) is mainly used. A step-and-scan type projection exposure apparatus (so-called a scanning stepper (also called a scanner)). However, the surface of the wafer to be exposed, for example, may not be flat due to undulation of the wafer, etc., in particular, a scanning type exposure apparatus such as a scanner, when the reticle pattern is transferred by scanning exposure Printed on the wafer = ', ,, and when the area is shot, the multi-focus position detection system (hereinafter also referred to as "charge") is used to detect the wafer surface set in the plurality of detection points in the exposure area. According to the position information of the optical axis of the projection optical system (focusing on 200916979 2:), according to the detection result, the platform or the stage holding the wafer is controlled to be at the position and tilt, that is, the focus leveling control is performed. In order to expose the wafer surface to the image plane of the projection optical system (into the depth of focus of the image plane | (10)) (see, for example, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,448,332). In addition, the 'stepper, scanner, etc.' is accompanied by the miniaturization of the integrated circuit, and the wavelength of the exposure light used is also shortened year by year, and the recording aperture of the projection optical system is gradually increased (large wealth). In this way, we seek to improve the resolution. On the other hand, the short-wavelength of the exposure light and the large reduction of the projection optical system can make the depth of focus extremely narrow, so that there is a fear that the focus of the exposure operation is insufficient. Because of the method of shortening the exposure to the air in the air, the method of using the liquid immersion method has recently attracted attention. (See, for example, International Publication No. 2004/053 955 brochure). However, such an exposure apparatus using a liquid immersion method or an exposure apparatus having a narrow distance (working distance) between the lower end surface of the projection optical system and the wafer is difficult to arrange the above-described multi-point AF in the projection optical system. In addition, the 'exposure device is required to achieve high-precision wafer surface position control' to achieve high-precision exposure. Also, a stepper or scanner is used to hold the exposed substrate (eg, wafer) The position measurement of the platform (platform) is generally carried out using a laser interferometer with high analytical capability, and the optical path length of the beam of the laser interferometer measuring the position of the stage is as high as several hundred „1 „1 or more, accompanied by The miniaturization of the pattern of the high-integration of semiconductor elements is required to control the position of the stage with high precision. Therefore, it has become impossible to ignore the beam light of the laser interferometer on the 200916979. The temperature is in love with 4 Buwu, and the field is caused by the influence of -Jjr and I or the gradient of the dish. The measurement value caused by the shaking is short-term fluctuation. The milk is therefore considered to be used directly and pressed. The sensor system of the position information (surface position information) of ten surface in the optical axis direction is used instead of the interferometer, but such an interferometer system has various error factors different from the interferometer. [Summary of the Invention] According to the present invention The first aspect of the present invention provides a moving body driving method, which systematically drives a moving body along a two-dimensional plane, and is characterized in that it comprises: a driving step for causing the moving body to follow a single _ 仃Moving in a predetermined direction of the one-dimensional plane, and measuring a position of the moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane in a moving towel of the moving body, using a plurality of sensor reading heads of the position measuring system, And at least one of the sensing body and the at least one sensing benefit reading head for the measurement of the information is parallel to the life information of the 1 A plane in the plane of the one-dimensional plane, and the moving body is driven to at least relative In the oblique direction of the two-dimensional plane, according to the above-mentioned 'T driving the moving body at least obliquely to the oblique direction of the two-dimensional plane', the sensor head is parallel to the two-dimensional plane (moving body movement) The position error (inaccurate from the design value) caused by the position error of the moving body in at least the oblique direction. According to the S 2 aspect of the present invention, a pattern forming method is provided, which is characterized in that a step of loading an object on a moving body movable along a moving surface and a step of driving the moving body using the moving body driving method of the present invention in order to form a pattern on the object. β According to the above, since it is driven by a moving body The method drives the moving body carrying the object with good precision to form a pattern on the object, and can form the pattern on the object with good precision 200916979 degrees. - According to the third aspect of the present invention, a pattern forming step 1 is provided A method for forming a cow U, characterized in that in the pattern forming step, a pattern is formed on a substrate by using the pattern forming method of the present invention. According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, an exposure method is provided by The irradiation of the beam forms a pattern on the object, and is characterized in that the moving body that loads the object is driven by the moving body driving method to enable the energy Moving the beam relative to the object. According to the above, the moving body for loading an object is driven with good precision using the moving body driving method of the present invention so that the energy beam irradiated to the object moves relative to the object. Since & can form a pattern on an object with good precision by scanning exposure. According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, a measuring method is provided, wherein a position measuring system for measuring a position of a moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane is parallel to the second Position information in the plane of the dimension plane, the measurement position measuring system is a positional error measuring the position of the moving body moving substantially along the two-dimensional T plane in an oblique direction with respect to the two-dimensional plane, wherein the measuring method includes The first read head position measuring step is configured to move the moving body in a second direction in the two-dimensional plane such that the mobile body passes the sensing head corresponding to the sensor reading head of the position measuring system. Detecting a region, and corresponding to the measured value of the ith measuring device, which is separately set from the position measuring system and configured to measure position information of the moving body in the second direction, and corresponding to the measured value The detection signal of the sensor calculates the position of the sensor read head in the first direction 200916979. According to the above, only the moving body is moved in the second direction in the two-dimensional plane, so that the moving body can be obtained by the detection area of the sensor corresponding to the sensor reading head of the position measuring system. The sensor reads the head in the direction of the 】. According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a mobile body driving system for: driving a moving body along a two-dimensional plane, wherein: a position and a volume system having a parallel to the two-dimensional a plurality of sensor read heads configured to measure two-dimensional position information of the moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane; and a driving device for causing the moving body to be parallel to the plane Moving in a predetermined direction of the two-dimensional plane, and using the plurality of sensor read heads of the position measuring system to measure position information of the moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane during movement of the moving body, according to the Measuring the information and the information used for the information (measuring at least one of the sensor heads in a plane parallel to the plane, driving the moving body to an oblique direction with respect to the two-dimensional plane. According to the above, The moving body is driven at least in an oblique direction with respect to the two-dimensional plane to eliminate positional errors (internal design values) caused by the sensor head being parallel to the plane of the two-dimensional plane (moving surface of the moving body) According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided a pattern forming apparatus that prepares and mounts an object and holds the moving body of the object moving along the moving surface; and drives The moving body is a moving body driving system of the present invention in which the object is patterned. According to the above description, since the moving body holding the object is driven with good precision by the moving body driving system, the object can be patterned to have good precision. According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, an exposure apparatus is provided for forming a pattern on an object by irradiation of a bundle of beams, comprising: a patterning device for irradiating the object with the energy beam; And the moving body drive system of the present invention; the moving body loaded with the object is driven by the mobile body drive system to move the energy beam relative to the object. According to the above, the mobile body drive system of the present invention is used. Accuracy drives the moving body of the loaded object so that the energy beam that illuminates the object moves relative to the object. Therefore, it can be scanned by The exposure forms a pattern on the object with good precision. According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a position measuring system which is a position measuring system for measuring a moving body substantially moving along a two-dimensional plane, characterized in that: The sensor read head is disposed at a complex position opposite to the two-dimensional plane, opposite to the moving body substantially moving along the two-dimensional plane, and generating the moving body in a direction orthogonal to the two-dimensional plane An output mapped by the position; using an output from at least one of the plurality of sensor read heads, and information relating to a set position of the at least one sensor read head on a surface substantially parallel to the two-dimensional plane, Detecting at least the tilt information of the moving body with respect to the two-dimensional plane. According to the above, the information about the position of the sensor head on the surface substantially parallel to the two-dimensional plane (the moving surface of the moving body) can be obtained. The movement caused by the error in the position of the sensor read head (error from the design value) 200916979
體之至少傾斜& μ t L 、 計各差,並藉由減去此傾斜誤差,能以良好精 又求出移動體之相對至少二維平面的傾斜資訊。 【實施方式】 ’根據圖1〜圖26說明本發明之一實施形態。 圖1係概略顯示一實施形態之曝光裝置1〇〇的構成。 曝光裝署 1 ΠΛ ^ ^ ,係步進掃描方式之投影曝光裝置、亦即所謂 1描機 > 後述般,本實施形態中係設有投影光學系統, fi以下之說明中,將與此投影光學系統PL之光軸ΑΧ平行之 向X為Ζ軸方向、將在與該ζ軸方向正交之面内標線片 曰曰圓相對掃描的方向設為γ軸方向、將與ζ軸及Υ軸正 方向叹為X軸方向,且將繞χ軸、丫軸、及ζ軸之旋 轉(傾斜)方向分別設為0χ、θγ、及θζ方向。 曝光裝置100,包含:照明系統1〇;標線片載台RST, 二保持及肊明系統i 0之曝光用照明光(以下稱為照明光或 用光)IL所照明的標線片R;投影單元1>1;,包含用以使 I 從標線片R射出之照明光IL投射於晶圓臀上的投影光學系 統PL;载台裝置50,具有晶圓載台WST及測量載台mst; 乂及上述裝置之控制系統等。於晶圓載台wst上裝載有晶 圓W。 D照明系統1〇,例如美國專利申請公開第2003/0025890 旒公報等所揭示’其包含光源、具有包含光學積分器等之 照=均一化光學系統、以及標線片遮簾等(均未圖示)的照明 光學系統。該照明系統10,係籍由照明光(曝光用光)Hj,以 大致均一之照度來照明被標線片遮簾(遮罩系統)規定之標 11 200916979 線片R上的狹縫狀照明區域iAR。此處,作為一例 用Μ準分子雷射光(波長193咖)來作為照明光江。又, 學料器,可使用例如複眼透鏡、棒狀積分器(内面 反射尘積分器)或繞射光學元件等。 於標線片載台㈣上例如籍由真空吸附固定有標線片 於其圖案面(圖1之下面)形成有電路圖案 寻W片載台RST,能籍由包含例如線性馬達等之標線 片載台驅動系統u(在圖】未圖示、參照圖6)而在平面 =幅驅動’且能以指定之掃描速度驅動於既定婦描方向 (扣圖1之圖面内左右方向的γ軸方向)。 八標線片載台咖在χγ平面(移動面)内之位置資訊(包 3 Ζ方向之位置(旋轉)資訊)’係藉由標線片雷射干涉儀 (二下稱Α「標線片干涉儀」)"6’透過移動鏡15(實際上, 係X有八有與γ軸正父之反射面的γ移動鏡(或後向反射 器)、以及具有與X軸正交之反射面的χ移動鏡)例如以 〇曰25nm左右之分析能力隨時檢測。標線片干涉儀"6之測 量值,係傳送至主控制裝置2〇(於圖i未圖示,參照圖6), 主控制裝置20,即根據標線片干涉儀116之測量值算出於 線=載台RST在X轴方向、γ軸方向方向的位置;^ 且精由根據該算出結果控制標線片載台驅動系统⑴ 制標線片載台RST之位置(及速度)。此外,亦可對標線片工 載台RST之端面進行鏡面加工來形成反射面(相當於移動鏡 15之反射面)’以代替移動鏡15。又,標線片干涉儀116 亦可測量標線片載台RST^轴…及方向之至少— 12 200916979 個方向的位置資訊。 投影單元pu,係配置於標線片載台RST之圖】下方。 技衫早兀PU ’包含:鏡筒40 ;以及投影光學系統pL,具 有由以既定位置關係保持於鏡筒40内之複數個光學元件。 作為投影光學系統PL,例如係使用沿與z軸方向平行之光 軸AX排列之複數個透鏡(透鏡元件)所構成的折射光學系 統。投影光學系統PL,例如係兩侧遠心且具有既定投影倍 率(例如1/4倍、1/5倍、或1/8倍等藉此,當以來自照明 $統1〇之照明光江來照明照明區域iar時,籍由通過投 影光學系統PL之第1面(物體面)與其圖案面大致配置成一 致之標線片R的照明光IL,使該照明區域IAR内之標線片 汉的%路圖案縮小像(電路圖案之一部分縮小像)透過投影 光予系統PL(投影單元pu)形成於區域(以下亦稱為曝光區 域)IA ;該區域IA係與配置於其第2面(像面)側、表面塗布 有光阻(感光劑)之晶圓W上的前述照明區域IAR共軛。接 著,藉由標線片載台RST與晶圓載台WST之同步驅動,使 標線片相對照明區域IAR(照明光IL)移動於掃描方向(γ軸 方向)’且使晶圓w相對曝光區域ΙΑ(照明光IL)移動於掃描 方向(Y軸方向),藉此對晶圓w上之一個照射區域(區劃區 域)進行掃描曝光,以將標線片之圖案轉印於該照射區域。 亦即’本貫施形態中,係藉由照明系統1 〇、標線片R及投 影光學系統PL將圖案生成於晶圓w上,藉由照明光il對 晶圓W上之感光層(光阻層)之曝光將該圖案形成於晶圓w 上。 13 200916979 、此外,雖未圖示,但投影單元?1;係透過防振機構 於以二支支柱支持之鏡筒固定座,但並不限於此,例如 可如國際公開第2G()6/()38952號小冊子所揭示,將投影單元 pu懸吊支撐於配置在投影單元pu上方之未圖示主框架= 件、或懸吊支撐於配置標線片載台RST之底座構件等 fAt least the tilt & μ t L of the body, the difference is calculated, and by subtracting the tilt error, the tilt information of the relatively at least two-dimensional plane of the moving body can be obtained with good precision. [Embodiment] An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to Figs. 1 to 26 . Fig. 1 is a view schematically showing the configuration of an exposure apparatus 1A according to an embodiment. The exposure apparatus 1 ΠΛ ^ ^ is a step-and-scan type projection exposure apparatus, that is, a so-called 1 drawing machine. As described later, in the present embodiment, a projection optical system is provided, and in the following description, the projection is performed. The optical axis ΑΧ parallel direction X of the optical system PL is the Ζ-axis direction, and the direction in which the reticle is scanned in the plane orthogonal to the ζ-axis direction is the γ-axis direction, and the ζ axis and Υ are The positive direction of the axis sighs in the X-axis direction, and the directions of rotation (tilting) around the χ axis, the 丫 axis, and the ζ axis are set to 0 χ, θ γ, and θ ζ directions, respectively. The exposure apparatus 100 includes: an illumination system 1A; a reticle stage RST, and a reticle R that is illuminated by the exposure illumination light (hereinafter referred to as illumination light or light) IL of the illuminating system i 0; The projection unit 1>1 includes a projection optical system PL for projecting illumination light IL emitted from the reticle R onto the wafer hip; the stage device 50 has a wafer stage WST and a measurement stage mst;乂 and the control system of the above device, and the like. A wafer W is loaded on the wafer stage wst. The D illumination system is disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0025890, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety in its entirety, in its entirety, in its entirety, in its entirety, in its entirety, in its entirety, in its entirety in Illumination optical system. The illumination system 10 is illuminated by illumination light (exposure light) Hj to illuminate the slit-shaped illumination area on the line R of the stenciled curtain (mask system) specified by the reticle curtain (mask system) with substantially uniform illuminance. iAR. Here, as an example, excimer laser light (wavelength 193 coffee) is used as the illumination light. Further, as the ejector, for example, a fly-eye lens, a rod integrator (inner reflection dust integrator) or a diffractive optical element can be used. On the reticle stage (4), for example, a reticle is fixed by vacuum suction, and a circuit pattern finder wafer RST is formed on the pattern surface (below the FIG. 1), and can be marked by a line including, for example, a linear motor. The wafer stage drive system u (not shown, see FIG. 6) is mounted on the plane = amplitude drive and can be driven at a predetermined scanning speed in the predetermined woman's drawing direction (the γ in the left and right direction of the figure in FIG. 1) Axis direction). The position information of the eight-line line-loaded table coffee in the χ γ plane (moving surface) (package 3 Ζ direction position (rotation) information) 'by the reticle laser interferometer (two Α Α 标 标 标The interferometer ") "6' transmits through the moving mirror 15 (actually, the X has eight gamma moving mirrors (or retroreflectors) with the reflecting surface of the γ-axis positive parent, and has a reflection orthogonal to the X-axis The χ moving mirror of the surface is detected at any time, for example, with an analysis capability of about 25 nm. The measured value of the reticle interferometer "6 is transmitted to the main control unit 2 (not shown in Fig. i, see Fig. 6), and the main control unit 20 calculates the measured value based on the reticle interferometer 116. The line = the position of the stage RST in the X-axis direction and the γ-axis direction; and the position (and speed) of the reticle stage stage RST of the reticle stage driving system (1) is controlled based on the calculation result. Further, the end surface of the reticle stage RST may be mirror-finished to form a reflecting surface (corresponding to the reflecting surface of the moving mirror 15) instead of the moving mirror 15. Moreover, the reticle interferometer 116 can also measure the position information of at least 12 200916979 directions of the reticle stage RST^ axis... and the direction. The projection unit pu is disposed below the map of the reticle stage RST. The prior art PU ‘includes: a lens barrel 40; and a projection optical system pL having a plurality of optical elements held in the lens barrel 40 in a predetermined positional relationship. As the projection optical system PL, for example, a refractive optical system composed of a plurality of lenses (lens elements) arranged along an optical axis AX parallel to the z-axis direction is used. The projection optical system PL is, for example, telecentric on both sides and has a predetermined projection magnification (for example, 1/4 times, 1/5 times, or 1/8 times, etc., thereby illuminating the illumination with illumination from the illumination unit) In the area iar, the illumination light IL of the reticle R that is substantially aligned with the first surface (object surface) of the projection optical system PL and the pattern surface thereof is used to make the reticle of the illuminating area IAR The pattern reduction image (one portion of the circuit pattern is reduced) is formed in a region (hereinafter also referred to as an exposure region) IA through the projection light to the system PL (projection unit pu); the region IA is disposed on the second surface (image surface) The illumination area IAR on the wafer W coated with a photoresist (photosensitive agent) is conjugated. Then, the reticle stage RST is driven synchronously with the wafer stage WST to make the reticle relative to the illumination area. IAR (illumination light IL) moves in the scanning direction (γ-axis direction) and moves the wafer w relative to the exposure area ΙΑ (illumination light IL) in the scanning direction (Y-axis direction), thereby illuminating one of the wafers w Scanning exposure of the area (zoning area) to mark the line The image is transferred to the irradiation region. That is, in the embodiment, the pattern is generated on the wafer w by the illumination system 1 标, the reticle R and the projection optical system PL, and the crystal is illuminated by the illumination light il The exposure of the photosensitive layer (photoresist layer) on the circle W is formed on the wafer w. 13 200916979 Further, although not shown, the projection unit ?1 is supported by the two pillars through the vibration-proof mechanism. The lens barrel holder is not limited thereto. For example, as disclosed in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 2G()6/()38952, the projection unit pu is suspended and supported by a main unit (not shown) disposed above the projection unit pu. Frame = piece, or hanging support on the base member of the reticle stage RST, etc. f
又,本實施形態之曝光裝置1GG,由於係、進行適用液浸 法的曝光’因此會隨著投影光學系、统PL之數值孔徑取= 質性地增大而使標線片側之開口變大。因此為了珀兹伐條 件且避免投影光學系統之大型化,亦可採用包含反射鏡與 透鏡而構成之反折射系統(catadioptric)來作為投影光學系 統。又,亦可不僅於晶圓w形成感光層(光阻層),亦形成 保護晶圓或感光層之保護膜(上塗膜)等。 又,本實形形態之曝光裝置100,由於係進行適用液浸 法的曝光,因此係設有構成局部液浸裝置8 一部分之嘴單 元32來包圍用以保持透鏡(以下亦稱「前端透鏡」Η"之 鏡筒40之下端部周圍,該透鏡係構成投影光學系統之 最靠像面側(晶圓W側)之光學元件。本實施形態中,嘴單 元32係如圖1所示其下端面與前端透鏡191之下端面設定 成大致同一面高。又,嘴單元32,具備液體1^之供應口及 回收口、與晶圓W對向配置且設有回收口之下面、以及分 別與液體供應管3 1A及液體回收管3 1B連接之供應流路及 回收流路。液體供應管3 1A與液體回收管3 1B,如圖3所 示’在俯視時(從上方觀看)係相對X軸方向及γ轴方向傾 斜45。,相對通過投影單元Pu中心(投影光學系統pL之光 14 200916979 轴ΑΧ、在本實施形態中與前述曝光區域认之中心一車 與Y軸方向平行的直線(基準軸)LV配置成對稱。 於液體供應管31A,連接有盆—被4^ 依’具為連接於液體供應裝置 5(圖1中未圖示、參照圖6)之未圖示供應管的另—端,於 液體回收管31Β,連接有盆一 α* I* ^ 一 伐,八鳊連接於液體回收裝置6(圖i 中未圖示、參照圖6)之未圖示回收管的另一端。 液體供應裝置5 ’係包含供應液體之槽、加壓泵、溫度 控制裝置、以及用以控制液體對液體供應管3丨A之供應及 停止的閥等。該閥最好係㈣例如不僅可進行液體之供應 及停止、亦能調整流量的流量控制閥。前述溫度控制裝置, 係將槽内之液體溫度調整至與收納有例如曝光裝置之處理 室(未圖示)内之溫度同樣程度。此外,槽、加壓系、溫度控 制裝置、閥等’曝光裝置1〇〇不需全部具備,亦能將其至 少一部分由設有曝光裝置100之工廠内的設備來代替。 液體回收裝置6,係包含用以回收液體之槽及吸引泵、 以及透過液體回收管31B控制液體之回收及停止的閥等。 該閥最好係使用與液體供應裝置5之閥相同的流量控制 閥。此外,槽、吸引泵、閥等,曝光裝置1〇〇不需全部具 備’亦能將其至少一部分由設有曝光裝置1〇〇之工廠内的 設備來代替。 本只施幵》態中’作為上述液體Lq,係使用可使ArF準 分子雷射光(波長193nm之光)透射的純水(以下除必要情況 外’僅記述為「水」)。純水具有在半導體製造工廠等能容 易地大量獲得且對晶圓上之光阻及光學透鏡等無不良影響 15 200916979 的優點。 水對^準分子雷射光之折射率η為大致K44。於該 水中,照明光1L之波長,係縮短至193職1/„=約134nn^ 液f供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6分別具備控制器, 各控制籍由主控舍I丨挺5^ 〇 Λ . ㈣置2〇來控制(參照圖6)。㈣供應 之制器’係根據來自主控制裝置20之指令,以既 疋開度開啟連接於液體供應管31Α的閥’透過液體供應管 3 1A、供應流路、以及批旛 /、應將液體(水)供應至前端透鏡191 與晶圓W之間。又,αΑ 此時’液體回收裝置6之控制器,係 根據來自主控制梦署。Λ \ 裒置20之私令,以既定開度開啟連接於液 體回收官31Β的閥,透過回收口 '回收流路、以及液體回 收管31Β’從前端透鏡191與晶圓w之間將液體(水)回收至 液體回收裝I 6(液體槽)内部。此時,主控制裝置2〇,係對 液體供應裝置5之控制器、液體回收袭置6之控制器發出 指令,以使供應至前端透鏡191與晶圓w間的水量與回收 之水量恆相等。因此,使前端透鏡191與晶圓w間之液體 (水)Lq(參照® υ保持一定量。此時’保持於前端透鏡ΐ9ι 與晶圓W之間的液體(水)Lq係隨時更換。 從上述說明可清楚得知,本實施形態之局部液浸裝置 8 ’係包含嘴單元32、液體供應裝置5、液體回收裝置6、 液體供應管31A及液體回收管31B等。此外,局部液浸裝 置8之一部分、例如至少嘴單元32,亦可懸吊支撐於用以 保持技衫單元PU之主框架(包含前述之鏡筒固定座),或亦 设於與主框架不同之框架構件。或者,當如前所述將投 16 200916979 影單元PU懸吊支撐時,雖亦可將投影單元卩卩與嘴單元u 一體懸吊支撐,但本實施形態中,係將嘴單元32設於與投 影單元PU獨立懸吊支撐之測量框架。此情況下,亦可不= 吊支撐投影單元PU。 & 此外,即使測量载台MST位於投影單元PU下方時, 亦旎與上述同樣地將水充滿於後述測量台與前端透鏡i i 之間。 ; 又,上述說明中,作為一例,雖分別設有各一個液體 供應官(嘴)與液體回收管(嘴),但並不限於此,只要在考量 與周圍構件之關係下亦能進行配置的話,亦可採用例如國 際公開第99/49504號小冊子所揭示之具有多數個嘴之構 成。扼要言之,只要係至少能將液體供應至構成投影光學 系統PL之最下端之光學構件(前端透鏡)191與晶圓评之間 的構成,該構成可為任意者。例如,本實施形態之曝光裝 置,亦能適用在揭示於國際公開第2〇〇4/〇53955號小冊子之 ,液浸機構或歐洲專利申請公開第142〇298號說明書的液浸 機構等。 回到圖1 ’載台裝置50,具備配置於底座12上方之晶 圓載台WST及測量載台mst、測量此等載台WST、MST 之位置資机之測量系統200(參照圖6),以及驅動載台 WST、MST之栽台驅動系統124(參照圖6)等。測量系統 200 ’如圖6所示包含干涉儀系統118、編碼器系統150及 面位置測量系統丨8〇等。此外,干涉儀系統丨丨8及編碼器 系統1 5 0等’留待後述。 17 200916979 回到圖1,於晶圓載台WST、測量載台MST各自之底 面之複數處,設有未圖示之非接觸軸承、例如真空預壓型 空氣靜壓軸承(以下稱為「空氣墊」广籍由從此等空氣墊往 底座12上面噴出之加壓空氣的靜壓,使晶圓載台wst、測 量載台MST透過數程度之間隙以非接觸方 座12的上方。又,兩載台WST、MST,係可藉由包含線: 馬達等之載台驅動系統124(參照s 6)而獨立驅動於χγ平 面内。 f 从久衮戰於載台 本體上的晶圓台WTB。晶圓自WTB及載台本體91,可 藉由包含線性馬達及Z調平機構(包含例如音圈馬達等)之 驅動系統’相對底座12驅動於六自由度方向(χ x、0y、0z)。 , 於晶圓台WTB卜却亡餘丄士 上°又有藉由真空吸附等來保梏a圓w认 晶圓保持具(未圖示)。晶圓 ' 的Further, in the exposure apparatus 1GG of the present embodiment, since the exposure by the liquid immersion method is performed, the numerical aperture of the projection optical system and the system PL is qualitatively increased to increase the opening on the reticle side. . Therefore, for the Petzval condition and the enlargement of the projection optical system, a catadioptric system including a mirror and a lens can be used as the projection optical system. Further, a photosensitive layer (photoresist layer) may be formed not only on the wafer w but also as a protective film (upper coating film) for protecting the wafer or the photosensitive layer. Further, in the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment, since exposure by a liquid immersion method is performed, a nozzle unit 32 constituting a part of the partial liquid immersion apparatus 8 is provided to surround the lens for holding the lens (hereinafter also referred to as "front lens"). Around the lower end of the lens barrel 40, the lens constitutes the optical element on the most image side (wafer W side) of the projection optical system. In the present embodiment, the nozzle unit 32 is as shown in FIG. The end surface and the lower end surface of the front end lens 191 are set to be substantially flush with each other. Further, the nozzle unit 32 is provided with a supply port and a recovery port of the liquid, and is disposed opposite to the wafer W and provided with a recovery port, and respectively The liquid supply pipe 3 1A and the liquid recovery pipe 3 1B are connected to the supply flow path and the recovery flow path. The liquid supply pipe 3 1A and the liquid recovery pipe 3 1B, as shown in FIG. 3, are viewed in a plan view (viewed from above). The axial direction and the γ-axis direction are inclined by 45. With respect to the center of the projection unit Pu (light of the projection optical system pL 14 200916979, in the present embodiment, a line parallel to the Y-axis direction is recognized in the center of the exposure area ( Reference axis) The LV is arranged symmetrically. The liquid supply pipe 31A is connected to the other end of the unillustrated supply pipe which is connected to the liquid supply device 5 (not shown in Fig. 1 and see Fig. 6). In the liquid recovery pipe 31Β, a basin-α*I*^ is connected, and the gossip is connected to the other end of the recovery pipe (not shown) of the liquid recovery device 6 (not shown in Fig. i, see Fig. 6). The supply device 5' includes a tank for supplying a liquid, a pressure pump, a temperature control device, and a valve for controlling the supply and stop of the liquid to the liquid supply pipe 3A. The valve is preferably (four), for example, not only liquid The flow rate control valve that adjusts the flow rate by supplying and stopping. The temperature control device adjusts the temperature of the liquid in the tank to the same extent as the temperature in the processing chamber (not shown) in which the exposure device is housed, for example. The exposure device 1 such as a tank, a pressurizing system, a temperature control device, a valve, etc. need not be provided at all, and at least a part thereof may be replaced by a device in a factory in which the exposure device 100 is provided. The liquid recovery device 6 includes a tank for recovering liquid and The pump and the valve for controlling the recovery and stop of the liquid through the liquid recovery pipe 31B, etc. The valve preferably uses the same flow control valve as the valve of the liquid supply device 5. Further, the tank, the suction pump, the valve, etc., the exposure device 1〇〇 It is not necessary to have all of it's at least part of it can be replaced by equipment in the factory equipped with an exposure device. This is only used as the above liquid Lq, which can be used to make ArF excimer. Pure water transmitted by laser light (light of 193 nm wavelength) (hereinafter referred to as "water" unless otherwise necessary). Pure water can be easily obtained in large quantities in semiconductor manufacturing plants and on the wafer and on the wafer. No adverse effects such as lenses 15 Advantages of 200916979. The refractive index η of water versus excimer laser light is approximately K44. In this water, the wavelength of the illumination light 1L is shortened to 193 jobs 1 / „ = about 134nn ^ The liquid f supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 respectively have controllers, and each control is controlled by the main control room I丨 5^ 〇四 (4) Controlled by 2〇 (refer to Figure 6). (4) The supplied controller 'opens the valve connected to the liquid supply pipe 31Α through the liquid supply pipe 3 according to the instruction from the main control device 20 1A, supply flow path, and batch /, liquid (water) should be supplied between the front end lens 191 and the wafer W. Further, αΑ at this time, the controller of the liquid recovery device 6 is based on the main control unit Λ 裒 裒 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 之 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接 连接(water) is recovered to the inside of the liquid recovery unit I 6 (liquid tank). At this time, the main control unit 2 发出 sends a command to the controller of the liquid supply unit 5 and the controller of the liquid recovery unit 6 to supply the The amount of water between the front lens 191 and the wafer w is constant with respect to the amount of water recovered Therefore, the liquid (water) Lq between the tip lens 191 and the wafer w (refer to ® υ is kept constant. At this time, the liquid (water) Lq held between the front lens ΐ9ι and the wafer W is replaced at any time. As apparent from the above description, the partial liquid immersion apparatus 8' of the present embodiment includes the nozzle unit 32, the liquid supply device 5, the liquid recovery device 6, the liquid supply pipe 31A, the liquid recovery pipe 31B, and the like. A portion of the device 8, for example at least the mouth unit 32, may also be suspended from a main frame for holding the technical unit PU (including the aforementioned lens holder) or a frame member different from the main frame. When the projection unit of the 200916979 is suspended as described above, the projection unit 卩卩 can be suspended and supported integrally with the nozzle unit u. However, in the present embodiment, the nozzle unit 32 is disposed and projected. The unit PU independently suspends the support measurement frame. In this case, the projection unit PU may not be hanged. Also, even if the measurement stage MST is located below the projection unit PU, the water is filled in the same manner as described above. Measurement Between the stage and the front end lens ii. In the above description, as an example, each of the liquid supply officer (mouth) and the liquid recovery pipe (mouth) are provided, but it is not limited thereto, as long as the consideration and surrounding members are considered. In the case of the configuration, it is also possible to adopt a configuration having a plurality of nozzles as disclosed in, for example, International Publication No. 99/49504. In other words, as long as at least liquid can be supplied to the most suitable projection optical system PL. The configuration between the lower end optical member (front end lens) 191 and the wafer evaluation may be any. For example, the exposure apparatus of the present embodiment can also be applied to the International Publication No. 2/4/〇53955. The booklet, the liquid immersion mechanism or the liquid immersion mechanism of the European Patent Application Publication No. 142〇298. Referring back to FIG. 1 'the stage device 50 includes a wafer stage WST and a measurement stage mst disposed above the base 12, and a measurement system 200 (see FIG. 6) for measuring the position of the stages WST and MST, and The stage drive system 124 (see FIG. 6) that drives the stages WST and MST. The measuring system 200' includes an interferometer system 118, an encoder system 150, and a surface position measuring system 丨8〇, as shown in Fig. 6. Further, the interferometer system 丨丨8 and the encoder system 150 and the like are left to be described later. 17 200916979 Returning to Fig. 1, a non-contact bearing (not shown) such as a vacuum preload type aerostatic bearing (hereinafter referred to as "air cushion" is provided at a plurality of the bottom surfaces of the wafer stage WST and the measurement stage MST. The static pressure of the pressurized air ejected from the air cushion to the base 12 from the air cushion causes the wafer stage wst and the measurement stage MST to pass through a gap of several degrees above the non-contact seat 12. Further, the two stages WST, MST can be independently driven in the χγ plane by the stage drive system 124 (refer to s 6) including the motor: motor, etc. f From the wafer table WTB on the stage body for a long time. The WTB and the stage body 91 can be driven in a six-degree-of-freedom direction (χ x, 0y, 0z) with respect to the base 12 by a drive system including a linear motor and a Z leveling mechanism (including, for example, a voice coil motor). On the wafer table WTB, but on the death of the gentleman, there is also a vacuum holder to protect the wafer holder (not shown).
為f , 士· 保持具雖可與晶圓台㈣形成 為一體’但本實施形離Φ S面扣# /風 貝他办也中晶圓保持具與晶圓台w 構成,藉由例如真空吸 /、刀別 WTB之凹部内。又,/: a®保持具固定於晶圓台 W 口丨β又,於晶圓台WTB上面 板)28,該板體具有盥裝##日η 面叹有板體(撥液 裝載於晶圓保持具上之晶® = 致同一面高、已對洛駚了 <日日圓W表面大 于夜體Lq進行撥液化處 面),其外形(輪廓)為矩形 的表面(撥液 具(晶圓之裝載區域)大1 中央部形成有較晶圓保持 A )大—圈的圓形開口。柘 熱膨脹率之材料、例 28,係由低 如‘(商品名)) ' 或陶究(例如首德公司之 2 3或^等)構成,於其表面例如由 18 200916979 =樹脂材料、聚四氟乙烯(鐵氟龍(註冊商標))等氟系樹脂材 ^丙稀㈣樹脂材料或⑪系樹脂材料等來形成撥液膜。 進一步地’如圖4⑷之晶圓台WTB(晶圓載台術)之俯視 圖所=,板體28具有用以包圍圓形開口之外形(輪廊)為矩 瓜之第1撥液區域28a、以及配置於第⑽液區域28a周圍 之矩形框狀(環狀)第2撥液區域m。帛!撥液區域心, 例如在進行曝光動作時,形成有從晶圓表面超出之液浸區 域14(參照例如圖13)之至少—部分,第2撥液區域退, 係形成有後述編碼H统用之標尺。此外,板體Μ之表面 之至少一部分亦可不與晶圓表面為同一面高,亦即亦可係 相異之高度。又,板體28雖可係單—板體,但在本實施形 態中為複數個板體’例如組合分別與帛i及第2撥液區域 28a,28b對應之第i及第2撥液板來構成。本實施形態中, 由於如前所述係使用水來作為液體Lq,因此以下將第丄及 第2撥液區域28a,28b亦稱為第i及第2撥水板28a, 2此。 此情形下,與曝光甩光IL會照射於内側之第i撥水板 28a相對地,曝光用光IL幾乎不會照射到外側之第2撥水 板28b。考量到此點,本實施形態中係於第丨撥水板28&表 面开》成有被細*以對曝光用光IL(此時為真空紫外區之光)有 充分之耐性之撥水塗布膜的第丨撥水區域,而於第2撥水 板2 8b表面則形成被施以對曝光用光化之耐性較第ιι撥水 區域差之撥水塗布膜的第2撥水區域。由於一般而言,並 不容易對玻璃板施以對曝光用光IL(此時為真空紫外區之光) 有充分之耐性之撥水塗布膜,因此若如上述般將第1撥水 200916979 板28a與其周圍之第2撥水板28b分離成兩個部分可更具效 果。此外亦並不限於此’亦可對同一板體之上面施加對曝 光用光IL之财性相異之兩種撥水塗布膜,以形成第1撥水 區域及第2撥水區域。又,第丨及第2撥水區域之撥水塗 布膜的種類亦可相同。例如亦可於同一板體僅形成一個撥 水區域。 又,由圖4(A)可清楚得知,於第i撥水板28&之+ γ 側端部之X軸方向的中央部形成有長方形缺口,於此缺口 與第2撥水板挪所包圍之長方形空間内部(缺口㈣)埋入 有測量板30。於此測量板3〇之長邊方向中央(晶圓台MB 之中心、線LLM形成基準標記FM,於基準標記F^x轴 :向-側與另一側,形成有相對基準標記⑽中心配置成對For f, the shi retainer can be formed integrally with the wafer table (four), but this embodiment is formed by the Φ S-face buckle # / 风贝他, the wafer holder and the wafer table w, by, for example, vacuum Suction / knife in the recess of the WTB. Also, the /: a® holder is fixed to the wafer table W port 又β, on the wafer table WTB upper panel) 28, the plate body has the armored ##日η surface slanted plate body (the liquid is loaded on the crystal The crystal on the round holder® = the same surface height, the surface of the Japanese yen W is larger than the night body Lq, and the shape (contour) is a rectangular surface (the liquid crystal (crystal) Round loading area) The central portion of the large 1 is formed with a circular opening that is larger than the wafer holding A). The material of thermal expansion rate, Example 28, is composed of low as '(trade name))' or ceramics (such as 2 or 3 of Shoude), and its surface is, for example, 18 200916979 = resin material, poly four A liquid-repellent film is formed by a fluorine-based resin material such as vinyl fluoride (Teflon (registered trademark)), a propylene (four) resin material, or an 11-type resin material. Further, as shown in the top view of the wafer table WTB (wafer stage) of FIG. 4 (4), the plate body 28 has a first liquid-repellent region 28a for surrounding the circular opening shape (the corridor) as a moment, and The rectangular frame-shaped (annular) second liquid-repellent region m disposed around the (10) liquid region 28a. silk! For example, when the exposure operation is performed, at least a portion of the liquid immersion area 14 (see, for example, FIG. 13) that is beyond the surface of the wafer is formed, and the second liquid-repellent area is retracted, and the code H is described later. The ruler. In addition, at least a portion of the surface of the plate body may not be the same height as the surface of the wafer, that is, it may be at a different height. Further, although the plate body 28 may be a single plate body, in the present embodiment, the plurality of plate bodies 'for example, the i-th and second liquid-repellent plates respectively corresponding to the 帛i and the second liquid-repellent regions 28a and 28b are combined. Come to form. In the present embodiment, since water is used as the liquid Lq as described above, the third and second liquid-repellent regions 28a, 28b are also referred to as the i-th and second water-repellent plates 28a, respectively. In this case, the exposure light IL is hardly irradiated to the outer second water-repellent plate 28b so that the exposure light IL is irradiated to the inner i-side water-repellent plate 28a. In view of this point, in the present embodiment, the water-repellent coating of the third water-repellent board 28 & surface-opening is sufficiently thin to have sufficient resistance to the exposure light IL (in this case, the light in the vacuum ultraviolet region). The second water-repellent area of the membrane is formed on the surface of the second water-repellent board 28b, and the water-repellent coating film having a water-repellent resistance to the exposure light is further different from that of the first water-repellent area. In general, it is not easy to apply a water-repellent coating film which is sufficiently resistant to the exposure light IL (in this case, the light in the vacuum ultraviolet region), so that the first water-repellent 200916979 board is as described above. It is more effective to separate 28a from the surrounding second water deflector 28b into two parts. Further, the present invention is not limited to this. It is also possible to apply two water-repellent coating films having different financial properties to the upper surface of the same plate to form the first water-repellent region and the second water-repellent region. Further, the types of water-repellent coating films in the third and second water-removing areas may be the same. For example, only one water-repellent area can be formed in the same plate body. Further, as is clear from Fig. 4(A), a rectangular notch is formed in the central portion of the + γ side end portion of the i-th water deflector 28& in the X-axis direction, and the notch and the second water-repellent plate are removed. A measuring plate 30 is embedded in the inside of the rectangular space (notch (4)). In the center of the longitudinal direction of the measuring plate 3 (the center of the wafer table MB, the line LLM forms the reference mark FM, and the center of the reference mark (10) is formed on the reference mark F^x axis: the side and the other side. Paired
私之-對空間像測量狹縫圖案(狹縫狀之測量用圖案似。各 空間像測量狹缝圖案SL 例如係使用具有沿Y軸方向與χ 方b二的L字形狹鏠圖案、或分別延伸於X軸及Υ軸 方向之兩個直線狀的狹鏠圖案等。 鏡二繼=?二形:納:3^系統(包含物鏡、反射 ^ 01 ,η 產體36,係以從晶圓台WTB貫 通载口本體91内部一部分 員 述各空間像測量狹缝圖宰广’安裝成-部分埋入於上 WST"^ 縫圖案SL對應設置有—對。糸”上述-對空間像測量狹 筐體36内部本爆么 圖案SL之照明光㈣L、字先’係將透射過空間像測量狹縫 干形路徑導引,並朝向-Y方向射 20 200916979 出。此外’以下爲了方便說明,係使用與值體36相同之符 號將I體36内部之光學系統記述為送光系統刊。 再者,、於第2撥水板28b上面,沿其四邊各以既定間 距直接形成有多數個格子線。進一步詳言之,於第2撥水 板28b之X轴方向一側與另_側(圖4(a)中之左右兩側)的 區域分別形成有Y標尺39Υι,39Υ2,γ標尺39γι,39γ2,例 f 如係以χ軸方向為長邊方向之格子線38以既定間距沿平行 於Υ軸之方向(Υ軸方向)而形成之以γ軸方向為週期方向 之反射型格子(例如繞射光柵)所構成。The private-to-space image measurement slit pattern (the slit-like measurement pattern is similar. Each of the space image measurement slit patterns SL is, for example, an L-shaped narrow pattern having a Y-axis direction and a square B, or respectively Two linear narrow patterns extending in the X-axis and the x-axis direction, etc. Mirror II = ? Dimorph: Nano: 3^ system (including objective lens, reflection ^ 01, η product 36, from the wafer The inside of the WTB penetrating the main body of the carrier body 91 is described by a part of the space. The measurement slit pattern is slaughtered, and the part is embedded in the upper WST. The seam pattern SL is provided with a pair of -. In the interior of the casing 36, the illumination light of the pattern SL (4) L, the word first is transmitted through the spatial image measuring slit dry path, and is directed toward the -Y direction 20 200916979. In addition, the following is for convenience of explanation. The optical system inside the I body 36 is described as a light transmission system using the same reference numerals as the value body 36. Further, on the second water-repellent plate 28b, a plurality of lattice lines are directly formed along the four sides thereof at a predetermined pitch. Further, in detail, on the side of the X-axis direction of the second water-repellent plate 28b and another _ The sides (left and right sides in Fig. 4(a)) are respectively formed with Y scales 39Υ, 39Υ2, γ scales 39γι, 39γ2, for example, f is a lattice line 38 with a longitudinal direction along the x-axis direction at a predetermined pitch. A reflective lattice (for example, a diffraction grating) having a γ-axis direction and a periodic direction formed parallel to the direction of the x-axis (the x-axis direction).
同樣地,於第2撥水板28b^Y轴方向一側與另一側(圖 4(A)中之上下兩側)的區域分別以被γ標尺391及π:夾 著之狀態形成有χ標尺39Χι,39Χ2,χ標尺39Χι,39χ2,例 如係以Υ軸方向為長邊方向之格子線37以既定間距沿平行 於X軸之方向(X軸方向)而形成之以χ軸方向為週期方向 之反射型格子(例如繞射光柵)所構成。上述各標尺,例如係 以全像片等來於第2撥水板28b表面作成反射型繞射光拇 參照圖7)。此時,於各標尺係以既定間隔(間距)刻出由 窄狹縫或槽等構成之格子來作為標度。用於各標尺之繞射 光柵之種類並不限定,不僅能以機械方式形成槽等,例如 亦可係將干涉紋燒結於感光性樹脂來加以作成。不過,各 標尺例如係以13 8nm〜4从m間之間距(例如^从m間距)將上 述繞射光柵之標度刻於薄板狀玻璃來作成。此等標尺係被 前述撥液膜(撥水膜)覆蓋1此外,圖4(A)中爲了方便圖示, 格子之間距係圖示成較實際間距大許多。此點在其他的圖 21 200916979 中亦相同》 承上所述,本實施形態由於將第2撥水板28b本身構 成標尺,因此係使用低熱膨脹之玻璃板來作為第2撥水板 28b。然而並不限於此,亦可將形成有格子之低熱膨脹之玻 璃板等所構成的標尺構件,藉由例如板彈簧(或真空吸附) 等固定於晶圓台WTB上面,以避免其產生局部性之伸縮, 此時,亦可將於全面施有同一撥水塗布膜之撥水板代用為 板體28。或者,亦可以低熱膨脹率之材料形成晶圓台wtb, 此情形下,一對γ標尺與一對χ標尺亦可直接形成於該晶 圓台WTB上面。 此外’為了保護繞射光柵’以具有撥水性(撥液性)之低 熱膨脹率的玻璃板來覆蓋亦為有效。此處,係使用厚度與 晶圓相同程度、例如厚度丨mm的玻璃板,於晶圓台WTB 上面說置成其玻璃板表面與晶圓面相同高度(同一面高 又’於各標尺端附# ’分別設有用以決定後述編碼器 t買頭與標尺間之相對位置之定位圖案。此定位圖案例如由 反射率不同之格子線構成,當編碼器讀頭在此定位圖案上 掃描時’編碼器之輸出訊號強度即會變化。因此,係預先 決定臨限值’以檢測輸出訊號強度超過該臨限值的位置。 以此檢測出之位置為基準設定編碼器讀頭與標尺間之相對 位置。 前述晶圓台WTB之-Y端面,-X端面,係分別施以鏡面 加工而形成為圖2所示之後述干涉儀系統118用之反射面 17a,17b。 22 200916979 測量載台MST,包含藉由未圖示線性馬達等在χγ平 面内驅動之載台本體92與裝載於載台本體%上之測量台 ΜΤΒ。測量載台MST可藉由未圖示驅動系統相對底座η 驅動於至少三自由度方向(χ,γ,0 z)。 此外圖6中’包含晶圓載台WST之驅動系統與測量 載台MST之驅動系統在内顯示為載台驅動系統124。 於測量台MTB(及载台本體92)設有各種測量用構件。 作為該測量用構件,例如圖2及圖5⑷所示,係採用具有 針孔狀受光部來在投影光學“ pL之像面上接收照明光化 的照度不均感測器94、用以測量投影光學系統凡所投影之 圖案空間像(投影像)的空間像測量$ 96、以及例如國際公 開第細/〇65428冑小冊子等所揭示的夏克—哈特曼 (Shack-Hartman)方式之波面像差測量器%等。波面像差感 測器則列如能使用國際公開第99/6〇361號小冊子(對應歐 洲專利第1,〇79,223號)所揭示者。 i. 照度不均感測器94,例如能使用與美國專利第 :465,368號說明書等所揭示者相同之構造。又,空間像測 量器96’例如能使用與美國專利申請公開第膽/魏π =明書等所揭示者相同之構造。此外,本實施形態中雖 -個測量用構件(94, 96, 98)設於測量載台MST,但測量 用構件之種類、;^ / 去i θ ΛΑ 或數置4並不限於此。測量用構件,例 =可使Μ Μ量投影光學系統凡之透射率的透射率測量 為、及/或能採用用以觀察前述局部液浸裝置8'例如嘴單 疋32(或前端透鏡191)等的測量器等。再者,亦可將與測量 23 200916979 用構件相異之構件、例如用以清潔嘴i u 咕 月糸嘴早兀32、前端透鏡In the same manner, the region on the side of the second water-repellent plate 28b in the Y-axis direction and the other side (the upper and lower sides in FIG. 4(A)) are respectively formed in a state of being sandwiched by the γ scale 391 and π: The ruler 39Χι, 39Χ2, the χ ruler 39Χι, 39χ2, for example, the lattice line 37 whose longitudinal direction is the longitudinal direction is formed at a predetermined pitch along a direction parallel to the X-axis (X-axis direction) with a χ-axis direction as a periodic direction. A reflective lattice (for example, a diffraction grating) is formed. Each of the scales described above is formed as a reflection-type diffracted light on the surface of the second water-repellent plate 28b by a full-image sheet or the like (see Fig. 7). At this time, a grid composed of a narrow slit or a groove is drawn at a predetermined interval (pitch) on each scale as a scale. The type of the diffraction grating used for each of the scales is not limited, and not only a groove or the like can be formed mechanically, but for example, the interference pattern can be sintered to a photosensitive resin. However, each scale is formed, for example, by engraving the scale of the above-described diffraction grating from a thin plate glass at a distance of 13 8 nm to 4 (e.g., from m pitch). These scales are covered by the liquid-repellent film (water-repellent film). In addition, in Fig. 4(A), for the sake of convenience of illustration, the distance between the lattices is shown to be much larger than the actual pitch. This point is the same as that of the other Fig. 21 200916979. In the present embodiment, since the second water-repellent plate 28b itself is formed into a scale, a glass plate having a low thermal expansion is used as the second water-repellent plate 28b. However, the scale member formed of a glass plate or the like having a low thermal expansion of a lattice may be fixed to the wafer table WTB by, for example, a leaf spring (or vacuum suction) to prevent locality. In the case of the expansion and contraction, the water-repellent plate having the same water-repellent coating film may be used as the plate body 28. Alternatively, the wafer table wtb may be formed of a material having a low coefficient of thermal expansion. In this case, a pair of gamma scales and a pair of iridium scales may be directly formed on the wafer table WTB. Further, it is also effective to cover a glass plate having a low thermal expansion coefficient of water repellency (liquid repellency) in order to protect the diffraction grating. Here, a glass plate having a thickness equal to that of the wafer, for example, a thickness of 丨mm, is used, and the surface of the wafer table is placed on the wafer table WTB at the same height as the wafer surface (the same surface height is attached to each scale end) #' is respectively provided with a positioning pattern for determining the relative position between the buyer t and the scale of the encoder t. The positioning pattern is composed of, for example, grid lines having different reflectances, and is encoded when the encoder read head scans on the positioning pattern. The output signal strength of the device changes. Therefore, the threshold value is determined in advance to detect the position where the output signal strength exceeds the threshold value. The relative position between the encoder read head and the scale is set based on the detected position. The -Y end face and the -X end face of the wafer table WTB are mirror-finished to form the reflecting surfaces 17a, 17b for the interferometer system 118 described later in Fig. 2. 22 200916979 Measuring stage MST, including The stage main body 92 driven in the χγ plane and the measuring stage mounted on the stage main body % are not shown by a linear motor, etc. The measurement stage MST can be opposed to the base η by a drive system not shown. At least three degrees of freedom (χ, γ, 0 z). In addition, in Fig. 6, the drive system including the wafer stage WST and the drive system of the measurement stage MST is shown as the stage drive system 124. The MTB (and the stage main body 92) are provided with various members for measurement. As the measuring member, for example, as shown in Fig. 2 and Fig. 5 (4), a pinhole-shaped light receiving portion is used to receive illumination on the image side of the projection optical "pL". The actinic illuminance unevenness sensor 94, which is used to measure the spatial image measurement of the projected image space (projection image) projected by the projection optical system, and the disclosure of, for example, the International Publication No. 〇65428胄 pamphlet. Shake-Hartman (Shack-Hartman) wavefront aberration measuring device%, etc. Wavefront aberration sensor can be used if it can use International Publication No. 99/6〇361 brochure (corresponding to European Patent No. 1, 〇 No. 79,223) i. The illuminance unevenness sensor 94 can be configured, for example, in the same manner as disclosed in the specification of US Pat. No. 465,368, etc. Further, the space image measuring device 96' can be used, for example, with a US patent. Apply for the open daring / Wei π = Mingshu Further, in the present embodiment, although the measuring members (94, 96, 98) are provided on the measuring stage MST, the type of the measuring member, ^ / / i θ ΛΑ or number 4 is not limited thereto. The measuring member, for example, can measure the transmittance of the transmittance of the projection optical system, and/or can be used to observe the aforementioned partial liquid immersion device 8' such as the mouth unit 32. (or the front lens 191), etc., etc. Further, a member different from the member for measuring 23 200916979, for example, for cleaning the mouth iu 咕月糸嘴兀32, the front lens
專的清潔構件等裝載於測量载台MST 本實施形態中,參昭圖 _ ^ u 5(A)可知’制頻率高之感測 -類、照度不均感測器94或空間像測量器96等, 於測量載台MST之中心線以(通過中心之γ軸)上。因此, ^實施形態中,使用此等感測器類之測量,並非係以使測 r'A dedicated cleaning member or the like is mounted on the measurement stage MST. In the present embodiment, it is known that the sensing frequency is high, the illuminance unevenness sensor 94 or the spatial image measuring device 96 is known. Etc., on the center line of the measurement stage MST (through the gamma axis of the center). Therefore, in the implementation, the measurement using these types of sensors is not intended to measure r'
1载台MST移動於X軸方向之方式來進行,而係僅以使其 移動於Y軸方向之方式來進行。 除了上述感測器以外,尚能採用例如美國專利申請公 開第2002舰i 469號說明t等所揭示之照度監測器w Μ 投影光學系統PL之像面上接收照明光江之既定面積的受 光部),此照度監測器最好亦配置於中心線上。 此外,本實施形態中,對應所進行之籍由透過投影光 學系統PL與液體(水)Lq之曝光用光(照明光)1[來使晶圓w 曝光的液浸曝光,使用照明光IL之測量所使用的上述照度 不均感測器9 4 (以及照度監測器)、空間像測量器9 6、以及 波面像差感測器98,即係透過投影光學系統pL及水來接收 照明光IL。又,各感測器,例如亦可僅有光學系統等之一 部分裝載於測量台MTB(及載台本體92),或亦可將感測器 整體配置於測量台MTB(及載台本體92)。 又,於測量台MTB之+ Y端面、-X端面形成有與前述 晶圓台WTB相同之反射面1 9a,19b(參照圖2及圖5(A))。 如圖5(B)所示’於測量載台MST之載台本體92之-γ 側端面固定有框狀安裝構件42。又,於載台本體92之-γ 24 200916979 側端面,安裝構件42開口内部之在X軸方向之中心位置附 近,係以能與前述一對送光系統36對向之配置固定有一對 受光系統44。各受光系統44,係由中繼透鏡等之光學系統、 受光元件(例如光電倍增管等)、以及收納此等之筐體來構 成。由圖4(B)及圖5(B)、以及截至目前為止之說明可知, 本實施形態中,在晶圓載台WST與測量載台MST於γ軸 =向接近既定距離以内之狀態(包含接觸狀態)下,透射過測 置板30之各空間像測量狹縫圖案8[的照明光化係被前述 各送光系統36導引,而以各受光系統44之受光元件接收 光。亦即,藉由測量板30、送光系統36、以及受光系統44, =構成與例如曰本特開2〇〇2_14〇〇5號公報(應美國專利申 請公開第20〇2/〇〇41377號說明書等所揭示者相 測量裝置45(參照圖6)。The movement of the stage MST in the X-axis direction is performed only by moving it in the Y-axis direction. In addition to the sensor described above, for example, the illuminance monitor disclosed in the description of the U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002, et al., et al., et al., the illuminating portion of the projection optical system PL, which receives a predetermined area of the illumination light river, can be used. Preferably, the illuminance monitor is also disposed on the center line. Further, in the present embodiment, the exposure light (illumination light) 1 through which the projection optical system PL and the liquid (water) Lq are transmitted is exposed to the liquid immersion exposure of the wafer w, and the illumination light IL is used. The above-described illuminance unevenness sensor 94 (and illuminance monitor), the spatial image measuring device 96, and the wavefront aberration sensor 98 used for the measurement, that is, the illumination light IL is received through the projection optical system pL and water. . Further, each of the sensors may be partially mounted on the measurement stage MTB (and the stage body 92), for example, only one of the optical systems, or the entire sensor may be disposed on the measurement stage MTB (and the stage body 92). . Further, reflection surfaces 19a and 19b similar to the wafer table WTB are formed on the +Y end surface and the -X end surface of the measurement table MTB (see Figs. 2 and 5(A)). As shown in Fig. 5(B), a frame-like mounting member 42 is fixed to the -γ side end surface of the stage main body 92 of the measurement stage MST. Further, in the end face of the γ 24 200916979 side of the stage main body 92, a pair of light receiving systems are disposed in the vicinity of the center position in the X-axis direction of the opening of the mounting member 42 so as to be opposite to the pair of light transmitting systems 36. 44. Each of the light receiving systems 44 is constituted by an optical system such as a relay lens, a light receiving element (for example, a photomultiplier tube, etc.), and a housing in which these are housed. 4(B) and FIG. 5(B) and the description so far, in the present embodiment, in the state in which the wafer stage WST and the measurement stage MST are within a predetermined distance from the γ-axis = direction (including contact In the state), the illumination illuminating system transmitted through each of the aerial image measuring slit patterns 8 of the measuring plate 30 is guided by the respective light transmitting systems 36, and the light receiving elements of the respective light receiving systems 44 receive light. That is, by the measuring plate 30, the light-transmitting system 36, and the light-receiving system 44, constituting, for example, 曰本特开2〇〇2_14〇〇5 (in accordance with U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20〇2/〇〇41377 The phase measuring device 45 (see Fig. 6) disclosed in the specification and the like.
於安裝構件42上,沿乂軸方向延伸設置有由截面矩形 ^棒狀構件構成之基準桿(以下簡稱為「FD桿」)。此印桿 /,係藉由全動態框構造以動態方式支撐於測量载台MST 熱膨脹Π柃46為原器(測量基準),因此其材料係採用低 '、“學玻璃陶瓷、例如首德公司之Zerodur(商品名) 基準 之上面(表面)的平坦度設定得較高,與所謂 與另相同程度。又,於該叩桿46之長邊方向-側 向為週:钨部附近,係如圖5(A)所示分別形成有以γ軸方 子52之开方向的基準格子(例如繞射光柵)52。此一對基準格 成方式,係隔著既定距離在FD桿46之χ軸方向 25 200916979 中“亦即相隔前述中心線CL配置成對稱。 rA reference rod (hereinafter simply referred to as "FD rod") composed of a rectangular cross-sectional shape bar member is extended in the z-axis direction on the attachment member 42. The printing rod/ is dynamically supported by the measuring stage MST thermal expansion Π柃46 as the original device (measuring reference) by the full dynamic frame structure, so the material is low, and the glass ceramics, such as the first German company The flatness of the top surface (surface) of the Zerodur (trade name) is set to be high, and is the same as the so-called other. In the longitudinal direction of the mast 46, the lateral direction is the circumference: near the tungsten portion. As shown in Fig. 5(A), reference lattices (e.g., diffraction gratings) 52 are formed in the opening direction of the γ-axis square 52. The pair of reference grids are formed at a predetermined distance from the axis of the FD rod 46. Direction 25 200916979 "is symmetrically spaced apart from the aforementioned centerline CL. r
個二2桿Μ上面以圖Μ所示之配置形成有複數 知记M。該複數個基準標記M,係以同一間距在γ °形成為二行的排列,各行排列形成為在X軸方向彼 ";无疋距離。各基準標記Μ,例如使用可藉由後述一 ^對準系、、统、二次對$系統來檢測之尺寸的二維標記。基 準標j Μ之形狀(構成)雖亦可與前述基準標記FM相異,但 本實中基準標記M與基準標記FM係相同構成,且 亦與:曰圓W之對準標記相同構成。此外,本實施形態中, FD杯46之表面及測量台MTB(亦可包含前述測量用構件) 之表面均分別以撥液膜(撥水膜)覆蓋。 本實施形態之曝光裝置⑽,雖在圖i中爲了避免圖式 過於複雜而予以省略’但實際上如圖3所示,係配置有— 次對"準系統AL1 ’該—次對準系統Au在前述基準袖π 上’從投影光學系統PL之光軸…往相隔既线離的 :置具有檢測中心。此一次對準系統似,係透過支撐構 固定於未圖示主框架之下面。隔著此一次對準系統 』之X軸方向一侧與另一側,分別設有其檢測中心相對 δ亥直線LV配置成大致對稱之二次對準系統似,叫與 ,*亦即’五個對準系統Au,al2i〜al24之檢測 :’係在X軸方向配置於相異位置’亦即沿X軸方向配 4),如代表顯示之對準系 ^ 〇為中心往圖3中之順 各二次對準系統AL2n(n = 1〜 統AL24般’係固定於能以旋轉中, 26 200916979 時針及逆時針方向旋轉既定角度範圍的臂56n(n = 1〜4)前 端(旋動端)。本實施形態中,各二次對準系統AL2n之一部 刀(例如至少包含將對準光照射於檢測區域、且將檢測區域 内之對象標記所產生之光導至受光元件的光學系統)係固定 於臂56n ’剩餘之一部分則設於用以保持投影單元pu的主 框架。二次對準系統AL2l,AL22, AL23, AL24能藉由分別以 旋轉甲心〇旋動來調整χ位置。亦即’二次對準系統A。】, AL22, AL23, AL24之檢測區域(或檢測中心)能獨立移動於X 軸方向。因此,-次對準系統AL1及二次對準系統ALn AL23, AL24能調整其檢測區域在χ軸方向的相對位置。I 外,本實施形態中,雖藉由臂之旋動來調整二次對準系統 AL2l,ALL AL2s,AL2j χ位置’但並不限於此,亦^設 置將二次對準系統AL2l,AL22, AL23, AL24往復驅動於χ轴 方向的驅動機構。又,二次對準系統AL2i,AL22, All 之至少一個亦可不僅可移動於χ軸方向而亦^移動2 方向。此外,由於各二次對準系、統AL2n之一部分係藉由臂 ^來移動,因此可藉由未圖示感測器例如干涉儀或編碼写 專來測量固定於臂56n之一部分的位置資訊。此感測器可僅 測量二次對準系統AL2n在X轴方向的位置資訊,亦能u 可測量其他方向例如γ軸方向及/或旋轉方向(包含0乂及^ y方向的至少一方)的位置資訊。 於各臂56n上面,設有由差動排氣型之空氣轴承構成的 真空塾58n(n二卜4’圖3中未圖示,參照圖6)。又,臂W, 例如藉由包含馬達等之旋轉驅動機構叫〜〜4,圖3中 27 200916979 未圖不’參照圖6),可依主控制裝置2〇之指示來旋動。主 控制裝置20在臂56n之旋轉調整後’即使各真空勢%作 動以將各臂56η吸附固定於未圖示主框架。藉此,即可維持 各臂Α之旋轉角度調整後的狀態,亦即維持—次對準系統 AL i及4個一次對準系統AL2丨〜a;的所欲位置關係。 此外’與主框架之臂56n對向的部分只要係磁性體,亦 可代替真空墊58採用電磁石。 r 本實施形態之一次射準系絲Δ τ 人対早系統AL1及4個二次 似〜似,可使用例如影像處理方式之FIA(FieldImage (場像對準))系·统,其能將不會使晶圓上之光阻感 光的寬頻檢測光束照射於對象標記,並以攝影元件(CCD(電 何:合裝置)等)拍攝藉由來自該對象標記之反射光而成像 於又光面的對象標記像、以及未圖示之指標(設於各對準系 ㈣Μ指標圖案)像’並輸出該等之拍攝訊號 來自-次對準系統仙及4個二次對準系統AL2i〜犯 各自之攝影訊號,係透過未圖示之對 4 至® 6@^歸1 2“ 以供應 此外’作為上述各對準系統係不限於FIA系統,每狹 亦能早獨或適當組合使用能將同調檢測光照射於對象二 以檢測從此對象標記產生之散射光或繞射光| = =是=該對象標記產…繞射光(例如同= 器。又,本實施::中方向之繞射光)來加以檢測的對準感測 本實施$態令,五個對準系統ali,似 雖係透過支撐構件54或臂56n固定於用以保持投影單㈣ 28 200916979 的主框架下® ’但並不限於此’ #可設於例如前述測量框 架。 其次,說明用以測量晶圓載台WST及測量載台mst 之位置資訊之干涉儀系統118(參照圖6)的構成等。 r\The two 2 poles are formed with a plurality of knowledge records M in the configuration shown in FIG. The plurality of reference marks M are arranged in two rows at γ ° at the same pitch, and each row is arranged to be in the X-axis direction. For each of the reference marks Μ, for example, a two-dimensional mark which can be detected by a system of the aligning system, the system, and the secondary system described later is used. The shape (configuration) of the reference mark j 相 may be different from the reference mark FM. However, in the present embodiment, the reference mark M has the same configuration as the reference mark FM, and is also configured in the same manner as the alignment mark of the circle W. Further, in the present embodiment, the surface of the FD cup 46 and the surface of the measuring table MTB (which may include the measuring member described above) are each covered with a liquid-repellent film (water-repellent film). The exposure apparatus (10) of the present embodiment is omitted in FIG. 1 in order to avoid the complexity of the drawing. However, as shown in FIG. 3, the second pair of "quasi-system AL1' is used. Au is placed on the aforementioned reference sleeve π from the optical axis of the projection optical system PL to be separated from each other by a line: a detection center is provided. This alignment system is similarly fixed to the underside of the main frame (not shown) through the support structure. One side of the X-axis direction and the other side of the alignment system are respectively provided with a secondary alignment system whose detection center is substantially symmetrical with respect to the δ-Hui line LV, and is called * Alignment system Au, detection of al2i~al24: 'set in the X-axis direction at the different position', that is, 4 in the X-axis direction, as shown in the figure 3. With the secondary alignment system AL2n (n = 1~ AL24-like) is fixed to the front end of the arm 56n (n = 1~4) which can rotate in the rotation of the 26,16,16,979 hour and counterclockwise directions. In the present embodiment, one of the secondary alignment systems AL2n (for example, at least an optical system that emits alignment light to the detection region and guides the light generated by the target mark in the detection region to the light receiving element) The remaining portion of the arm 56n' is fixed to the main frame for holding the projection unit pu. The secondary alignment systems AL2l, AL22, AL23, AL24 can be adjusted by rotating the centroids respectively. That is, 'second alignment system A.】, AL22, AL23, AL24 detection The area (or detection center) can move independently in the X-axis direction. Therefore, the secondary alignment system AL1 and the secondary alignment system ALn AL23, AL24 can adjust the relative position of the detection area in the x-axis direction. In the form, although the secondary alignment system AL2l, ALL AL2s, AL2j χ position is adjusted by the rotation of the arm, but is not limited thereto, the secondary alignment systems AL2l, AL22, AL23, AL24 are reciprocally driven. The driving mechanism in the direction of the x-axis. Further, at least one of the secondary alignment systems AL2i, AL22, and A can also move not only in the direction of the x-axis but also in the direction of 2, and in addition, due to the secondary alignment system One part of AL2n is moved by the arm ^, so the position information fixed to one part of the arm 56n can be measured by a sensor not shown, such as an interferometer or a coded write. This sensor can measure only the second pair. The position information of the quasi-system AL2n in the X-axis direction can also measure the position information of other directions such as the γ-axis direction and/or the rotation direction (including at least one of the 0乂 and ^ y directions). It consists of a differential exhaust type air bearing The vacuum enthalpy 58n (n2b4' is not shown in Fig. 3, see Fig. 6). Further, the arm W, for example, by a rotary drive mechanism including a motor or the like, is called ~~4, and in Fig. 3, 27 200916979 is not shown. Referring to Fig. 6), it can be rotated according to the instruction of the main control unit 2〇. After the rotation of the arm 56n is adjusted, the main control unit 20 operates on each of the vacuum potentials to adsorb and fix the arms 56n to the main frame (not shown). Thereby, the state in which the rotation angles of the respective arm shackles are adjusted, that is, the desired positional relationship of the secondary alignment system AL i and the four primary alignment systems AL2 丨 〜 a; Further, as long as the portion opposed to the arm 56n of the main frame is a magnetic body, an electromagnet may be used instead of the vacuum pad 58. r The primary imaging line Δ τ of the present embodiment is similar to the four secondary systems AL1 and four, and a FIA (Field Image Alignment) system such as a video processing method can be used. The broadband detection beam that does not cause the photoresist on the wafer is irradiated onto the object mark, and is imaged by the photographic element (CCD (electrical device), etc.) by the reflected light from the object mark and imaged on the glossy surface. The object mark image and the indicator (not shown) (set in each alignment system (four) Μ indicator pattern) like 'and output the image signal from the sub-alignment system and four secondary alignment systems AL2i ~ guilty The photographic signal is transmitted through the unillustrated pair 4 to о 6@^ 1 2 "to supply in addition" as the above-mentioned alignment system is not limited to the FIA system, each narrow can also be used alone or in combination Detecting light illuminates the object 2 to detect scattered light or diffracted light generated from the object mark | = = Yes = the object mark produces ... diffracted light (for example, the same =. Also, this embodiment:: the diffracted light in the middle direction) Alignment Sensing of the Detective Implementation of the $Statement, Five Alignment Systemsa Li, although it is fixed by the support member 54 or the arm 56n under the main frame for holding the projection single (4) 28 200916979, 'but not limited to this' can be set, for example, in the aforementioned measurement frame. Second, the description is used to measure the crystal. The configuration of the interferometer system 118 (see Fig. 6) of the circular stage WST and the position information of the measurement stage mst.
此處,在具體說明干涉儀系統之構成前,1簡單說明 干涉儀之測量原理。干涉儀係朝向設於測量對象物之反射 面照射測距光束(測距光)。干涉儀將其反射光與參照光之合 成光接收,並測量將反射光(測距光)與參照光會整其偏振方 向而使其彼此干涉的干涉光之強度。此處,會因反射光與 參照光之光路差△ L而使反射光與參照光間之相對相位(相 位差)變化KAL。因此,干涉光之強度會與1+a· e〇s(KA L)成正比地變化。不過若採用零差檢波方式,測距光與參照 光之波數則相同為K。定數a係取決於測距光與參照光之強 度比。此處,相對參照光之反射面,一般係設於投影單元 PU側面(視情形亦會設於干涉儀單元内)。此參照光之反射 面為測距之基準位置。如上述,光路差△[會反映基準位置 至反射面之距離。因此,只要測量相對於至反射面之距離 之變化的干涉光強度變化次數(邊緣數),即可從其計數值與 測里單位之積算出設置於測量對像物之反射面的位移。此 處之測量單位,當係單通方式之測量儀時,係測距光之波 長之二分之一,當係雙通方式之測量儀時,係測距光之波 長之四分之一。 此外’當使用外差檢波方式之干涉儀時,測距光之波 數κ 1與參照光之波數K2會略為相異。此時,將測距光與 29 200916979 參照光之光路長分別設為Li,L2,測距光與參照光之間之相 位差被賦予為UL+AKLi,干涉光之強度會與i + a· cos(KAL + △ KL!)成正比地變化。其中,光路差 此處,參照光之光路長L2若充分短而 可成立近似△L%,則干涉光之強度會與1 + a#c〇s[(K + △ K)叫成正比地變化。由此可知,干涉光之強度,隨著 光路差AL之變化而以參照光之波長2ΤΓ/Κ週期振動,且i 週期振動之包絡線以較長週期27Γ/ΔΚ振動(波差)。因此, 外差檢波方式中,可從長週期之波差得知光路差之變化 方向、亦即測量對像物之位移方向。 〇此外’干涉儀之主要誤差要因,有光束光路上之環境 虱虱之脈度搖晃(空氣搖晃)之效果。例如因空氣搖晃使光之 波長λ變化成λ +△又。因此波長之微小變化△入而產生 之相位差KAL之變化,由於波數κ=2?Γ/λ,因此可求出 為2π U/X Λ/λ2。此處,假設光之波長又=,微小 變化△卜lnm,相較於光路UL=1〇〇mm,相位變化為 2;rxl00。此相位變化與測量單位之1〇〇倍之位移對應。如 上述’當光路長設定成較長時’干涉儀在短時間產生之空 氣搖晃之影響大’短期穩定性較差。上述情況下,最好係 使用後述之具有編碼器或Ζ讀頭的面位置測量系統。 干涉儀系統118如圖2所示’包含晶圓載台WST之位 置測量用之γ干涉儀16、χ干涉儀126, 127, 128、以及Ζ 干涉儀43Α,43Β、以及測量载台Mst之位置測量用之γ干 涉儀18及X干涉儀130等。Υ干涉儀及X干涉儀126,127, 30 200916979 12 8(圖1中X干涉儀126〜128並未圖示,參照圖2),係分 別對晶圓台WTB之反射面17a,17b照射測距光束,並籍由 接收各自之反射光’測量各反射面從基準位置(例如於投影 單元PU侧面配置固定鏡,再以該處為基準面)的位移、亦 即晶圓載台WST在XY平面内的位置資訊,並將該測量值 供應至主控制裝置20。丰實施形態中,如後所述’作為上 述各干涉儀,除了一部分以外均使用具有複數個測距軸之 fHere, before specifying the configuration of the interferometer system, 1 briefly describes the measurement principle of the interferometer. The interferometer irradiates a distance measuring beam (ranging light) toward a reflecting surface provided on the object to be measured. The interferometer receives the combined light of the reflected light and the reference light, and measures the intensity of the interference light that causes the reflected light (ranging light) and the reference light to be aligned in the polarization direction to interfere with each other. Here, the relative phase (phase difference) between the reflected light and the reference light is changed by KAL due to the optical path difference ΔL between the reflected light and the reference light. Therefore, the intensity of the interference light changes in proportion to 1+a·e〇s (KA L). However, if the homodyne detection method is used, the wave number of the distance measuring light and the reference light is the same as K. The fixed number a depends on the ratio of the intensity of the distance measuring light to the reference light. Here, the reflecting surface with respect to the reference light is generally provided on the side of the projection unit PU (and also in the interferometer unit as the case may be). The reference surface of the reference light is the reference position of the distance measurement. As described above, the optical path difference Δ [will reflect the distance from the reference position to the reflection surface. Therefore, by measuring the number of changes in the intensity of the interference light (the number of edges) with respect to the change in the distance from the reflection surface, the displacement of the reflection surface provided on the measurement object can be calculated from the product of the count value and the unit of the measurement. The unit of measurement here is one-half of the wavelength of the distance measuring light when it is a single-pass measuring instrument. When it is a two-way measuring instrument, it is one quarter of the wavelength of the measuring distance light. Further, when an interferometer of a heterodyne detection method is used, the wavenumber κ 1 of the distance measuring light and the wave number K2 of the reference light are slightly different. At this time, the path length of the distance measuring light and 29 200916979 reference light are respectively set to Li, L2, and the phase difference between the distance measuring light and the reference light is given as UL+AKLi, and the intensity of the interference light is compared with i + a· Cos(KAL + △ KL!) changes in proportion. Here, the optical path difference here is approximately ΔL% if the light path length L2 of the reference light is sufficiently short, and the intensity of the interference light changes in proportion to 1 + a#c〇s[(K + Δ K) . From this, it is understood that the intensity of the interference light vibrates at a wavelength of 2 ΤΓ/Κ of the reference light as the optical path difference AL changes, and the envelope of the i-cycle vibration vibrates (wave difference) with a long period of 27 Γ/ΔΚ. Therefore, in the heterodyne detection method, the direction of the change in the optical path difference, that is, the direction in which the object is displaced can be known from the long-period wave difference. In addition, the main error of the 'interferometer' is the effect of the pulse of the environment on the beam path (shaking the air). For example, the wavelength λ of light changes to λ + Δ again due to air shaking. Therefore, the change in the phase difference KAL due to the small change in the wavelength is obtained by the wave number κ = 2? Γ / λ, so that it can be obtained as 2π U / X Λ / λ2. Here, it is assumed that the wavelength of light is again = a slight change Δb nm, and the phase change is 2; rxl00 compared to the optical path UL=1〇〇mm. This phase change corresponds to a displacement of 1 〇〇 of the unit of measurement. As described above, when the optical path length is set to be long, the influence of the air sway generated by the interferometer in a short period of time is large, and the short-term stability is poor. In the above case, it is preferable to use a surface position measuring system having an encoder or a head described later. The interferometer system 118 is shown in Fig. 2 as a position measurement of the gamma interferometer 16 including the wafer stage WST, the χ interferometers 126, 127, 128, and the 干涉 interferometers 43A, 43Β, and the measurement stage Mst. The gamma interferometer 18 and the X interferometer 130 are used. Υ Interferometer and X interferometer 126, 127, 30 200916979 12 8 (X interferometers 126 to 128 in Fig. 1 are not shown, refer to Fig. 2), respectively, the reflection surfaces 17a, 17b of the wafer table WTB are irradiated From the light beam, and by receiving the respective reflected light', the displacement of each reflective surface from the reference position (for example, the fixed mirror is disposed on the side of the projection unit PU, and then the reference surface is used as the reference surface), that is, the wafer stage WST is in the XY plane. The position information within and supplies the measured value to the main control device 20. In the embodiment, as described above, as the above-mentioned interferometers, a plurality of ranging axes are used except for a part.
多軸干涉儀。 另一方面,於載台本體91之-γ侧端面,如圖4(A)及圖 4(B)所示,透過未圖示動態支撐機構安裝有以X軸方向為 長邊方向的移動鏡41。移動鏡41係由將長方體構件與固接 於該長方體一面(-Y側之面)之一對三角柱狀構件一體化的 構件構成。由圖2可知’移動鏡41係設計成X軸方向之長 度較晶圓自WTB之反射面17a長了至少後述兩個z干涉儀 之間隔量。 對移動鏡41之-Y侧之面施以鏡面加工,而如圖4(b) ^:成有三個反射面杨,41a,4le。反射面仏,係構成 移動鏡41之_丫側端面之一部分,與χζ平面成平行且延伸 ::軸方向。反射面川’係構成與反射面仏之 + z側相 ㈣面,相對反射面41a成鈍角且延伸於又轴方向。反射 係構成與反射面仏之_2側相鄰的面,係設置成隔 考汉射面41a與反射面41b對稱。 2動鏡41對向料對該移動鏡41照射測距光束之 中Z干涉儀43A,43B(參照圖1及圖2)。 31 200916979 從綜合觀看圖 Y干涉儀16之 1及圖2可知,z ,Z干涉儀43A,43B,係Multi-axis interferometer. On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 4(A) and 4(B), a moving mirror having a longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction is attached to the end surface on the -γ side of the stage main body 91 via a dynamic support mechanism (not shown). 41. The moving mirror 41 is composed of a member in which a rectangular parallelepiped member and one of the rectangular parallelepiped surfaces (the surface on the -Y side) are integrated with the triangular columnar member. As is apparent from Fig. 2, the moving mirror 41 is designed such that the length in the X-axis direction is longer than the wafer from the WTB reflecting surface 17a by at least the interval between the two z interferometers described later. The surface on the -Y side of the moving mirror 41 is mirror-finished, and as shown in Fig. 4(b), there are three reflecting faces, 41a, 4le. The reflecting surface 仏 constitutes a portion of the 端面-side end surface of the moving mirror 41, which is parallel to the χζ plane and extends in the ::axis direction. The reflecting surface is formed on the + z side phase (four) plane of the reflecting surface ,, and is formed at an obtuse angle with respect to the reflecting surface 41a and extending in the direction of the other axis. The reflection system is formed to be adjacent to the side of the reflection surface _2 on the side of the side of the reflection surface ,, and is arranged such that the Hane surface 41a and the reflection surface 41b are symmetrical. The movable mirror 41 opposes the moving mirror 41 with the Z interferometers 43A, 43B (see Figs. 1 and 2). 31 200916979 From a comprehensive view Y interferometer 16 1 and Figure 2, z, Z interferometers 43A, 43B,
之反射面的固定鏡47B、以 光束B1 ’且向反射面41c(參照圖 測距光束B2。本實施形態中,具有 丨41c依序反射之測距光束B1正交 以及具有與被反射面41c及反射面 41b依序反射之測距光束B2正交之反射面的固定鏡, 係在彳々移動鏡41往-γ方向分離既定距離的位置,在不干涉 於測距光束B 1,B 2之狀態下分別延伸設置於X軸方向。 固定鏡47A,47B,係被支撐於設在用以支撐例如投影 單元PU之框架(未圖示)的同一支撐體(未圖示 如圖2(及圖13)所示,γ干涉儀16,係從前述基準轴 LV沿於-X侧,+ X侧分離同一距離的γ軸方向測距軸,將 測距光束B4l5 Β42照射於晶圓台WTB之反射面i7a,再接 收各自之反射光’藉此來檢測晶圓台WTB之測距光束Β4ι B42之照射點中的γ軸方向位置(γ位置)。此外,圖i中僅 代表性地將測距光束B4l5 B42圖示為測距光束B4。 又,Y干涉儀16,谇於測距光束B4],B42之間在z轴 方向隔開既定間隔,沿Y軸方向測距軸將測距光束B3投射 向反射面41a,再接收被反射面41a反射的測距光束B3, 藉此來檢測移動鏡41之反射面41 a(亦即晶圓載台WST)的γ 位置。 32 200916979 主控制裝置20,係根據Y干涉儀16之與測距光束 B42對應的測距轴之測量值平均值,算出反射面i7a、亦= 晶圓台WTB(晶圓載台WST)的γ位置(更正確而言為γ軸 方向之移位△ Y)。又,主控制裝置2〇係從與測距光束 B42對應的測距軸之測量值之差,算出晶圓載台wst在繞1z 軸之旋轉方向(0Z方向)的移位(偏搖量)△ 0 。又,主杵 制裝置20,係根據反射面17a及在反射面41&之γ位置π f 軸方向之移位ΔΥ),算出晶圓載台WST在方向的移位 (縱搖量)△ 0X。 又,如圖2及圖13所示’ X干涉儀126,係沿在通過 投影光學系統PL光軸之X軸方向之直線(基準軸)LH相距 同一距離之雙軸測距軸,將測距光束Β5ι, B5z投射於晶圓 台WTB。主控制裝置20,係根據與測距光束Β5ι,B52對應 的測距軸之測量值,算出晶圓載台WST在又轴方向的位置 (X位置,更正確而言為X軸方向之移位△ χ)。又,主控制 t;裝置2〇係從與測距光束Bh, Eh對應的測距軸之測量值之 差X,算出晶圓載台WST在02方向的移位(偏搖量 ζ(Χ)。此外,從Χ干涉儀126獲得之△ 0 zW與從γ干涉儀 16獲付之△ 0 zm彼此相等,代表晶圓載台WST往θ z方向 的移位(偏搖量)△ θζ。 ^又,如圖14及圖15等所示,從X干涉儀128將測距 光束Β7沿連結卸載位置υρ(供進行晶圓台wtb上之晶圓 卸載)與裝載位置LP(供進行晶圓對晶圓台ψΤΒ上之裝載) 之X軸的平行直線LUL,照射於晶圓台WTB的反射面nb。 33 200916979 又,如圖16及圖17等所示,從X干涉儀127將測距光束 B6沿通過一次對準系統AL1檢測中心之X轴的平行直線 (基準軸)LA,照射至晶圓台WTB的反射面17b。 主控制裝置20,亦可從X干涉儀127之測距光束B6 之測量值、以及X干涉儀128之測距光束B7之測量值,求 出晶圓載台WST在X軸方向的移位ΔΧ。不過,三個X干 涉儀126,127,128之配置係在Y軸方向不同。因此,X干 涉儀126係使用於進行圖i 3所示之曝光時,X干涉儀1 27 係使用於進行圖19等所示之晶圓對準時,X干涉儀128係 使用於進行圖1 5所示之晶圓裝載時及圖1 4所示之晶圓卸 載時。 如圖1所示’從前述Z干涉儀43A, 43B分別向移動鏡 41照射沿Y軸之測距光束B1, B2。此等測距光束B1,B2, 係分別以既定入射角(設為0 /2)射入移動鏡41之反射面41b, 4 1 c。又’測距光束b 1,係在反射面4丨b, 4丨c依序反射,而 呈垂直射入固定鏡47B的反射面,測距光束B2,係在反射 面41c,41b依序反射,而呈垂直射入固定鏡47A的反射面。 接著’在固定鏡47A,47B之反射面反射之測距光束B2, B1,再度在反射面41b,41c依序反射、或再度在反射面41c, 41b依序反射(逆向反轉射入時之光路)而以z干涉儀 4 3 B接收光。 此處,若將移動鏡41 (亦即晶圓載台WST)往z軸方 向之移位設為ΔΖο,將往γ軸方向之移位設為Δγ〇,則測 距光束Β1,Β2的光路長變化AL1,AL2,可分別以下式⑴, 34 200916979 (2)表示〇 A LI =: λ Υοχ(1 + cos 6> ) + Δ Zoxsin^ …⑴ △ L2= △ γοχ(ι + cos θ )-△ z〇xsin θ ... (2) 接著’依據式(1),(2) ’ ΔΥ〇及ΑΖο可由下式(3),(4)求 出。 ’ …(3) …⑷ △ Ζο= (△ Ll-Δ L2)/2sin0 Δ Y〇 = (A L1+ Δ L2)/{2(1 + cos^ )} 上述之移位ΔΖο、△ Yo,係分別以z干涉儀43A,43B 求出。因此,將以Z干涉儀43 A求出之移位設為△ z〇R,△ Y〇R ’將以Z干涉儀43B求出之移位設為△ z〇L, △ Y〇L。 接著’將Z干涉儀43A,43B各自照射之測距光束β1, B2 在X軸方向分離的距離設為D(參照圖2)。在上述前提之 下’移動鏡41(亦即晶圓載台WST)往θζ方向之移位(偏搖 量)△ 0ζ、以及往方向之移位(橫搖量)△ 0y、可由下式 (5),(6)求出。 Δ 0 tan'^CA YoR-Δ YoL)/D} ".(5) △ 0 y := tan-1 {(△ ZoL-△ ZoR)/D} ...(6) 承上所述’主控制裝置20可藉由使用上述式(3)〜式 35 200916979 =了 z干涉儀43A,43B的測量結果,算出晶 在四自由度的移位△〜、△丫。、^、…。 纟控制裝置20 ’可從干涉儀系統118之測量結 果,求出晶圓載台WST尤二· ώ丄λ 口術在-自由度方向(Ζ,χ,γ,Δ θζ,△ «9 x,△ (9 y方向)的移位。 此外,本實施形態中,雖說明了晶圓載台.I係由可 自由度驅動移動的單-载台構成,但亦可取代此單一 載台採用下述之晶圓載# WST,其包含可在χγ面内移動 之載口本體91’以及裝载於該載台本體91上之能相對 該载台本體91微幅驅動於至少2軸方向、θχ方向、以及 θγ方向的晶圓台,十,土 . 或者’亦可採用晶圓台WTB亦能 相對載台本體91微動於χ軸方向、γ轴方向、以及“方 向之所謂粗微動構成的晶圓载台術。不過,在此情形下, 肩為月b以干涉儀系統丨丨8測量晶圓台wtb在六自由度方向 之位置貧訊的構成。測量載自MST,同樣地亦可由載台本 體91與裝載於載台本體91上之三自由度或六自由度的測 量〇 MTB構成。又,亦可於晶圓台WTB設置由平面鏡構 成之移動鏡來代替反射面17a,反射面 不過’本實施形態中,晶圓載台WST(晶圓台WTB)之 在XY平面内之位置^訊(包含^2方向之旋轉資訊),主要 係藉由後述編碼器系統來測量,干涉儀丨6,丨26, i27之測量 值係輔助性地用於修正(校正)該編碼器系統之測量值長期 性變動(例如因標尺隨時間之變形等所造成)的情形等。 此外,干涉儀系統1丨8之至少一部分(例如光學系統 36 200916979 等),雖可設於用以保持投影單元pu之主框架,或與如前 所述懸节支撐之投影單元?1;設置成一體’但本實施形態中 係設於前述測量框架。 此外,本實施形態中雖係以設於投影單元p U之固定鏡 之反射面為基準面測量晶圓載台WST之位置資訊,但配置 該基準面之位置不限於投影單元PU’並不-定要使用固定 鏡測量晶圓載台WST之位置資訊。 r 又,本實施形態中,由干涉儀系統118測量之晶圓載 台WST的位置資訊,並不用在後述曝光動作或對準動作 等’而主要是用在編碼器系統之校正動作(亦即測量值之校 正)等,但例如亦可將干涉儀系統118之測量資訊(亦即六自 由度方向Μ置資訊的至少一個)用在例如曝光動作及/或 =動:等。又’亦可考量將干涉儀系統118作為編碼器 糸、-先之後備使用,關於此點留後詳述。本實施形離中 7器系統係測量晶圓載台WST在三自由度方向, 轴/軸、以及1方_位置資訊。因此,在進行^動 作等時,干涉儀系统118之測量資訊中可僅使鱼 器系統對晶圓載台WST之 ,、編碼The fixed mirror 47B of the reflecting surface is directed to the reflecting surface 41c by the light beam B1' (see the distance measuring beam B2. In the present embodiment, the measuring beam B1 having the 丨41c sequentially reflected and orthogonally and having the reflecting surface 41c And the fixed mirror of the reflecting surface orthogonal to the measuring beam B2 reflected by the reflecting surface 41b is separated from the moving mirror 41 by a predetermined distance in the -γ direction, without interfering with the measuring beam B 1, B 2 The state is extended in the X-axis direction. The fixed mirrors 47A, 47B are supported by the same support provided on a frame (not shown) for supporting, for example, the projection unit PU (not shown in FIG. 2 (and As shown in FIG. 13), the gamma interferometer 16 separates the γ-axis direction measuring axis of the same distance from the reference axis LV along the -X side and the +X side, and irradiates the distance measuring beam B4l5 Β42 to the wafer table WTB. The reflecting surface i7a receives the respective reflected light' to thereby detect the γ-axis direction position (γ position) in the irradiation point of the ranging beam Β4ι B42 of the wafer table WTB. Further, only the representative is measured in FIG. The distance beam B4l5 B42 is illustrated as the distance measuring beam B4. Again, the Y interferometer 16 is tied to the distance measuring beam B. 4], B42 is spaced apart from each other in a predetermined interval in the z-axis direction, and the distance measuring axis is projected along the Y-axis direction to the reflecting surface 41a, and then receives the ranging beam B3 reflected by the reflecting surface 41a, thereby detecting The γ position of the reflecting surface 41 a of the moving mirror 41 (that is, the wafer stage WST) 32 200916979 The main control unit 20 is based on the average value of the measured values of the ranging axis corresponding to the distance measuring beam B42 of the Y interferometer 16 Calculate the γ position of the reflecting surface i7a and also the wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) (more precisely, the shift ΔY in the γ-axis direction). Further, the main control unit 2 is connected to the distance measuring beam B42. The displacement of the wafer stage wst in the rotation direction (0Z direction) around the 1z axis (the amount of deflection) Δ 0 is calculated from the difference between the measured values of the corresponding distance measuring axes. Further, the main clamping device 20 is based on the reflecting surface. 17a and the displacement ΔΥ in the γ-direction of the γ-position of the reflection surface 41 & Δ,), the displacement (pitch amount) Δ 0X of the wafer stage WST in the direction is calculated. Further, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 13 'X The interferometer 126 is biaxially measured at a distance along the straight line (reference axis) LH passing through the X-axis direction of the optical axis of the projection optical system PL. The distance measuring beam Β5ι, B5z is projected on the wafer table WTB. The main control device 20 calculates the position of the wafer stage WST in the axial direction according to the measured value of the distance measuring axis corresponding to the distance measuring beams Β5, B52 ( The X position, more correctly, the shift in the X-axis direction △ χ). Further, the main control t; the device 2 算出 calculates the crystal from the difference X of the measured values of the distance measuring axes corresponding to the distance measuring beams Bh, Eh The displacement of the circular stage WST in the 02 direction (the amount of deflection ζ (Χ). In addition, the Δ 0 zW obtained from the Χ interferometer 126 and the Δ 0 zm obtained from the γ interferometer 16 are equal to each other, representing the wafer stage WST The shift to the θ z direction (the amount of deflection) Δ θ ζ. Further, as shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, etc., the distance measuring beam Β7 is connected from the X interferometer 128 along the unloading position υρ (for wafer unloading on the wafer table wtb) and the loading position LP (for wafer processing) The X-axis parallel straight line LUL on the wafer stage is irradiated onto the reflection surface nb of the wafer table WTB. 33 200916979 Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17 and the like, the distance measuring beam B6 is irradiated from the X interferometer 127 to the wafer stage along a parallel straight line (reference axis) LA passing through the X-axis of the center of the alignment detection system AL1. The reflecting surface 17b of the WTB. The main control unit 20 can also obtain the displacement ΔΧ of the wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction from the measured value of the distance measuring beam B6 of the X interferometer 127 and the measured value of the measuring beam B7 of the X interferometer 128. However, the configuration of the three X-interferometers 126, 127, and 128 is different in the Y-axis direction. Therefore, when the X interferometer 126 is used for performing the exposure shown in FIG. 3, and the X interferometer 27 is used for performing the wafer alignment shown in FIG. 19 and the like, the X interferometer 128 is used to perform the FIG. The wafers shown are loaded and the wafers shown in Figure 14 are unloaded. As shown in Fig. 1, the distance measuring beams B1, B2 along the Y-axis are respectively irradiated from the aforementioned Z interferometers 43A, 43B to the moving mirror 41. These ranging beams B1, B2 are incident on the reflecting surfaces 41b, 4 1 c of the moving mirror 41 at a predetermined incident angle (set to 0 /2), respectively. Further, the distance measuring beam b1 is reflected on the reflecting surface 4丨b, 4丨c in order, and is incident on the reflecting surface of the fixed mirror 47B vertically, and the measuring beam B2 is reflected in the reflecting surface 41c, 41b. And it is incident perpendicularly to the reflecting surface of the fixed mirror 47A. Then, the distance measuring beams B2, B1 reflected by the reflecting surfaces of the fixed mirrors 47A, 47B are again reflected on the reflecting surfaces 41b, 41c, or are again reflected on the reflecting surfaces 41c, 41b (reversely inverted injection). Light path) receives light with z interferometer 4 3 B. Here, when the displacement of the moving mirror 41 (that is, the wafer stage WST) in the z-axis direction is ΔΖο, and the shift in the γ-axis direction is Δγ〇, the optical path length of the distance measuring beams Β1 and Β2 is long. The changes AL1, AL2, respectively, can be expressed by the following formula (1), 34 200916979 (2) 〇A LI =: λ Υοχ(1 + cos 6> ) + Δ Zoxsin^ (1) Δ L2= Δ γοχ(ι + cos θ )-Δ Z〇xsin θ (2) Then, 'based on the equations (1), (2)' ΔΥ〇 and ΑΖο can be obtained by the following equations (3) and (4). ' ...(3) ...(4) △ Ζο= (△ Ll-Δ L2)/2sin0 Δ Y〇= (A L1+ Δ L2)/{2(1 + cos^ )} The above-mentioned shifts ΔΖο, △ Yo are respectively It is obtained by the z interferometers 43A, 43B. Therefore, the displacement obtained by the Z interferometer 43 A is set to Δ z 〇 R, and Δ Y 〇 R ′ is determined by the Z interferometer 43B as Δ z 〇 L, Δ Y 〇 L. Next, the distance at which the distance measuring beams β1, B2 irradiated by the Z interferometers 43A, 43B are separated in the X-axis direction is D (see Fig. 2). Under the above premise, 'the displacement of the moving mirror 41 (that is, the wafer stage WST) in the θζ direction (the amount of deflection) Δ 0ζ, and the shift in the direction (the amount of the yaw) Δ 0y can be obtained by the following formula (5). ), (6) found. Δ 0 tan'^CA YoR-Δ YoL)/D} ".(5) △ 0 y := tan-1 {(△ ZoL-△ ZoR)/D} (6) The main control device 20 can calculate the displacements Δ~, Δ丫 of the crystal in four degrees of freedom by using the measurement results of the above equations (3) to 35, 200916979 = z interferometers 43A, 43B. , ^,... The 纟 control device 20' can determine the wafer stage WST in the direction of the degree of freedom from the measurement results of the interferometer system 118 (Ζ, χ, γ, Δ θ ζ, Δ «9 x, △ In the present embodiment, the wafer stage is described. The wafer stage is composed of a single-stage that can be driven by a degree of freedom. However, instead of the single stage, the following may be used. a wafer carrier #WST including a carrier body 91' movable in the χγ plane and mounted on the stage body 91 capable of being micro-driven relative to the stage body 91 in at least two axial directions, a θχ direction, and Wafer table in the θγ direction, ten, earth. Or 'wafer table WTB can also be used to move the wafer stage with the so-called coarse and micro motion in the direction of the x-axis, the γ-axis direction, and the direction of the stage body 91. However, in this case, the shoulder is the monthly b. The interferometer system 丨丨8 measures the position of the wafer table wtb in the six-degree-of-freedom direction. The measurement is carried from the MST, and the carrier body 91 can also be used. It is composed of three degrees of freedom or six degrees of freedom measurement 〇MTB loaded on the stage body 91. Instead of the reflecting surface 17a, a moving mirror composed of a plane mirror may be provided on the wafer table WTB. However, in the present embodiment, the position of the wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) in the XY plane is The rotation information including the direction of the ^2 is mainly measured by an encoder system described later, and the measured values of the interferometers 丨6, 丨26, i27 are used to auxiliaryly correct (correct) the measured values of the encoder system for a long period of time. Sexual changes (such as due to deformation of the scale over time, etc.). Further, at least a portion of the interferometer system 1 8 (eg, optical system 36 200916979, etc.) may be provided to hold the main unit of the projection unit pu The frame or the projection unit 1 is provided integrally with the suspension unit as described above. However, the present embodiment is provided in the measurement frame. Further, in the present embodiment, the projection unit p U is fixed. The mirror surface is the reference surface to measure the position information of the wafer stage WST, but the position of the reference plane is not limited to the projection unit PU'. It is not necessary to use the fixed mirror to measure the position information of the wafer stage WST. real In the embodiment, the position information of the wafer stage WST measured by the interferometer system 118 is not used in the exposure operation or the alignment operation described later, and is mainly used in the calibration operation of the encoder system (that is, the correction of the measured value). Etc., for example, the measurement information of the interferometer system 118 (ie, at least one of the six degrees of freedom direction information) can also be used, for example, in an exposure action and/or a motion: etc. 118 is used as the encoder -, - first backup, please refer to this point for details. This embodiment is based on the measurement of the wafer stage WST in the three degrees of freedom direction, axis / axis, and 1 side _ position information Therefore, when performing the ^ action or the like, the measurement information of the interferometer system 118 can only make the fish system to the wafer stage WST, and encode
軸、以及古人 置貝之測里方向(X軸、Y Ο相異的方向,例如在βχ方 方向的位置資邙,斗、门及/或 °或除了該相異方向之位置資訊以冰 加上使用與編碼n系# > ,ai θ + i 卜,再 軸、…: 測夏方向相同方向(亦即X袖、γ =及θζ方向之至少一個)之位置資訊。又,亦了 υ =作中使用干涉儀系統118所測量之 =在曝 軸方向之位置資訊。 圓聚-评8丁在z 37 200916979The axis and the direction of the measurement of the ancient people (X-axis, Y-Ο different directions, such as the position in the direction of β-square, bucket, door and / or ° or position information except the direction of the difference Use and encode the n-series # > , ai θ + i bu, re-axis, ...: position information in the same direction of the summer direction (ie, at least one of the X sleeve, γ = and θζ directions). Also, υ = The position information measured by the interferometer system 118 = in the direction of the exposure axis. Round - Comment 8 Ding at z 37 200916979
除此之外’於干涉儀系統118(參照圖6)亦包含用以測 $測置台MTB之二維位置座標的γ干涉儀18, χ干涉儀 13〇。Y干涉儀18, x干涉儀130 (圖1中X干涉儀130未圖 不’參照圖2)係對測量台WTB之反射面19a,19b如圖2所 示‘照射測距光束’且接受各自之反射光,藉此測量各反射 面自基準位置之位移。主控制裝置2〇係接收Y干涉儀1 8, X 干涉儀1 3〇之測量值’算出測量載台MST之位置資訊(包含 fIn addition, the interferometer system 118 (see Fig. 6) also includes a gamma interferometer 18 for measuring the two-dimensional position coordinates of the MTB, and the interferometer. Y interferometer 18, x interferometer 130 (X interferometer 130 in Fig. 1 is not shown 'refer to Fig. 2) is a pair of reflective surfaces 19a, 19b of the measuring table WTB as shown in Fig. 2 'illuminating the measuring beam' and accepting each The reflected light is used to measure the displacement of each reflecting surface from the reference position. The main control unit 2 receives the Y interferometer 18. The measured value of the X interferometer 1 3〇 calculates the position information of the measurement stage MST (including f
例如至少X站;5 v k 士, 竿由及Y軸方向之位置資訊與βζ方向之旋轉資 訊)。 _此外,亦可使用與晶圓載台WST用之Υ干涉儀16相 同之夕軸干涉儀來作為測量台ΜΤΒ用之Υ干涉儀。又,亦 可使用與晶圓载台WST用之χ干涉儀126相同之兩軸干涉 :來作為測量台MTB用之χ干涉儀。又,為了測量測量載 ST之Ζ位移、γ位移、偏搖量、以及橫搖f,亦可導 入與阳圓載台WST用之Z干涉儀43A,43B相同的干涉儀。 其次,說明用以測量晶圓載台㈣在χγ平面内之位 置資訊(包含^方向之旋轉資訊)之編碼器系統For example, at least the X station; 5 v k 士, 位置 and the position information in the Y-axis direction and the rotation information in the βζ direction). In addition, the same interferometer as the helium interferometer 16 for the wafer stage WST can be used as the interferometer for measuring the stage. Further, it is also possible to use the same two-axis interference as the helium interferometer 126 for the wafer stage WST as the helium interferometer for the measurement stage MTB. Further, in order to measure the displacement of the measurement load ST, the γ displacement, the amount of deflection, and the roll f, the same interferometer as the Z interferometers 43A, 43B for the dome stage WST can be introduced. Next, an encoder system for measuring the position information of the wafer stage (4) in the χγ plane (including the rotation information of the ^ direction) will be described.
6)的構成等。 U :實施形態之曝光裝置1〇〇 ’如圖3所示,係以從四方 匕圍别述嘴單元32周圍的狀態配置 個讀頭單元6一。此等讀頭==統15。之四 碉早兀62A〜62D,雖在圖3 支】:避广過於複雜而予以省冑,但實際上係透過 框:構件以懸吊狀態固^於用以保持前述投影單元叫的主 38 200916979 讀頭單元62A及62C,如圖3所示係於投影單元pU2 + X侧、-X側,分別以X軸方向為長邊方向配置。又,讀 頭單元62A,62C,分別具備相隔在χ軸方向之間隔贾〇配 置的複數個(此處為五個)γ讀頭6Si,64j(i,j=i〜5)。更詳 細而言,讀頭單元62A及62C,除了投影單元pu之周邊以 外,分別具備於前述直線(基準軸)LH(通過投影光學系統pL 之光軸ΑΧ且與X軸平行)上以間隔WD配置的複數個(此處 為四個)Y讀頭(652〜65s或64ι〜Μ。、以及配置在投影單元 pu之周邊中自基準軸LH往_γ方向相離既定距離的位置、 亦即嘴單元32之·Υ側位置的一個γ讀頭(645或65小讀頭 單兀62Α,62C亦分別具備後述之五個ζ讀頭。以下,視必 要情況,亦將Υ讀頭65i,64j分別記述為γ讀頭65, 64。 讀頭單元62A,係構成使用前述γ標尺39Υι來測量晶 圓載台WST(晶圓台WTB)在γ軸方向之位置(γ位置)之多 眼(此處為五眼)的γ線性編碼器(以下適當簡稱為「γ編碼 器」或「編碼器」)70Α(參照圖6)。同樣地,讀頭單元62(:, 係構成使用前述Y標尺39Υ2來測量晶圓載台WST(晶圓台 WTB)之γ位置之多眼(此處為五眼)的γ編碼器7〇c(參照圖 6)。此處,讀頭單元62A,62C所分別具備之五個γ讀頭 64(65!或64』)(亦即測量光束)在χ軸方向之間隔WD,係設 疋成較Y標尺39Yl539Y2在X軸方向的寬度(更正確而言為 格子線3 8之長度)略窄。 如圖3所示’讀頭單元62Β,具備配置於嘴構件32(投 影單元PU)之+ Y側、於上述基準軸LV上沿γ轴方向相隔 39 200916979 既定間隔WD配置的複數個(此處為四個)X讀頭665〜66。 又,讀頭單元62D,具備配置於相隔嘴構件32(投影單元ρϋ) 之讀頭單元62Β相反側的一次對準系統AL1之-γ側、於上 述基準軸LV上相隔既定間隔WD配置的複數個(此處為四 個)X讀頭66】〜664。以下,視必要情況,亦將X讀頭66 〜668記述為X讀頭66。 讀頭單元62Β,係構成使用前述X標尺39χ!來測量曰 圓載台WST在X軸方向之位置(X位置)之多眼(此處為四眼) 的X線性編碼器(以下適當簡稱為「X編碼器」或「編石馬 盗」)70Β(參照圖6)。又’讀頭單元62D,係構成使用前述 X標尺39Χ2來測量晶圓載台WST之X位置之多眼(此處^ 四眼)的X編碼器70D(參照圖6)。 此處,讀頭單元62B,62D所分別具備之相鄰χ讀頭 66(亦即測量光束)之間隔,係設定成較前述χ標尺 39Χ2在γ軸方向的寬度(更正確而言為格子線37之長产) 窄。又,讀頭單元62Β之最靠-Υ侧之X讀頭66與讀頭單 疋62D之最靠+ γ側之χ讀頭66之間隔係設定成較晶圓^ WTB在Y軸方向之寬度略窄,以能藉由晶圓載台往γ 軸方向之移動在該兩個χ讀頭間切換(後述之接續)。 本實施形態中,於讀頭單元62A, 62C之_γ側相隔既定 距離分別設有讀頭單元62F,62E。讀頭單元62F及62£,雖 在圖3等中爲了避免圖式過於複雜而予以省略,但實際上 係透過支撐構件以懸吊狀態固定於用以保持前述投影單元 pu的主框架。此外,讀頭單元62e,62f及前述讀頭單^心 40 200916979 〜62D在例如投影單元pu為懸吊支撐的情形下,亦可與投 影PU懸吊支撐成一體,或設於前述測量框架。 讀頭單元62E具備X軸方向之位置相異之四個γ讀頭 6乃〜674。更詳細而言,讀頭單元62Ε,具備於二次對準系 統AL2li-X側在前述基準軸LA上相隔與前述間隔 致相同間隔而配置之三個γ讀頭67ι〜673、以及配置於自 最内側(+X側)Y讀頭6?3往+χ側相離既定距離(較1〇短 些之距離)、且自基準軸LA往+ γ側相離既定距離之二 次對準系統之+ γ侧之位置的一個γ讀頭6乃。 讀頭單元62F係在基準軸LV與讀頭單元62£成對稱, 具備與上述四個γ讀頭67ι〜 674在基準軸Lv配置成對稱 的四個Y讀頭68l〜 684。以下,視必要情況,亦將γ讀頭 67l〜 674、68l〜 684記述為γ讀頭”,⑽。在進行後述之對 準動作時等,至少各一個γ讀頭67, 68分別對向於Υ標尺 3 9Υ2, 39ΥΓ藉由該γ讀頭67, 68(亦即由此等γ讀頭π, μ 構成之γ編碼器70c,7〇Α)測量晶圓載台wst之Υ位置(及 0 z旋轉)。 又,本實施形態中,在進行後述二次對準系統之基線 測量時(sec-BCHK(時距)),FD桿46之一對基準格子^盘 在X軸方向與二次對準系統AW AL24相鄰之γ讀頭化, 682係分別對向,藉由與該一對基準格子52對向之γ讀頭 3’ - 乂各自之基準格子52的位置來測量桿的γ 位置以下冑由與一對基準格子52分別對向之Y讀頭6、 吨所構成之Y編碼器稱為γ線性編碼器(適當稱為4編 41 200916979 碼器」或「編碼器」)7〇E2,70F2。又,為了識別,將由與上 述Y標尺39Y2, 39Yl分別對向之γ讀頭67,⑽所構成之γ 編碼器70Ε,70F稱為Υ編碼器70Ei,7〇Fi。 上述線性編碼器70A〜70F,係例如以〇.lnm左右的分 析能力測量晶圓載台WST之位置座標,並將其測量值供應 至主控制裝置20,主控制裝置2〇即根據線性編碼器7〇A〜 70D中之二個、或7〇B,70D,70E!,70卩丨中之三個測量值控 f :制晶圓載台WST在χγ平面内的位置,並根據編碼器7〇e2, 70F2之測量值控制FD桿46在02方向之旋轉。此外,線 性編碼器之構成等將於後述。 本實施形態之曝光裝置1〇〇,如圖3所示,設有與照射 系統90a及受光系統9〇b所構成、例如美國專利第5,448,332 號說明書等所揭示者相同之斜入射方式的多點焦點位置檢 測系統(以下簡稱為「多點AF系統」)。本實施形態中,作 為其一例,係於前述讀頭單元62E之-X端部之+ Y侧配置 照射系統9〇a,並以與其相對之狀態於前述讀頭單元62F之 + X端部之+ Y側配置受光系統9〇b。 此多點AF系統(9〇a,9〇b)之複數個檢測點,係在被檢 測面上沿X軸方向以既定間隔配置。本實施形態中,例如 配置成灯Μ列(M為檢測點之總數)或兩行N列為檢測 點總數之1/2)的矩陣狀。圖3中並未個別圖示檢測光束分別 照射之複數個檢測點,而係顯示在照射㈣9Qa及受光系統 90b之間延伸於X站古s , 軸方向的細長檢測區域(光束區域)AF。此 檢測區域AF,由於复士人 _ . ,、X軸方向之長度係設定成與晶圓W之 42 2009169796) The composition and the like. U: The exposure apparatus 1A' of the embodiment is arranged such that the head unit 6 is disposed around the mouth unit 32 from the square. These read heads == unified 15. The fourth 碉 兀 62A~62D, although in Figure 3: circumventing the complexity is too complicated to save, but in fact through the frame: the member is suspended in the state to maintain the aforementioned projection unit called the main 38 200916979 The head units 62A and 62C are attached to the projection unit pU2 + X side and the -X side as shown in Fig. 3, and are arranged in the longitudinal direction of the X-axis direction. Further, the head units 62A, 62C respectively have a plurality of (here, five) gamma heads 6Si, 64j (i, j = i - 5) arranged at intervals in the x-axis direction. More specifically, the head units 62A and 62C are provided with an interval WD between the straight line (reference axis) LH (through the optical axis of the projection optical system pL and parallel to the X axis), except for the periphery of the projection unit pu. a plurality of (here, four) Y read heads (652 to 65s or 64 ι ~ Μ), and positions disposed in the periphery of the projection unit pu from the reference axis LH to a predetermined distance from the _γ direction, that is, A γ read head (645 or 65 small read head unit 62Α, 62C of the mouth unit 32) is provided with five read heads, which will be described later. Hereinafter, the read heads 65i, 64j are also used as necessary. The gamma read heads 65 and 64 are respectively described. The head unit 62A is configured to measure the position of the wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) in the γ-axis direction (γ position) using the γ scale 39Υ (here). A γ linear encoder (hereinafter referred to simply as "γ encoder" or "encoder") of the five eyes is 70 Α (see Fig. 6). Similarly, the head unit 62 (:, uses the aforementioned Y scale 39 Υ 2 Measuring the gamma position of the wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB), the multi-eye (here, five eyes) The γ encoder 7〇c (refer to Fig. 6). Here, the readout units 62A, 62C respectively have five gamma read heads 64 (65! or 64) (i.e., measuring beams) spaced in the z-axis direction. The WD is set to be slightly narrower than the width of the Y scale 39Yl539Y2 in the X-axis direction (more precisely, the length of the lattice line 38). As shown in Fig. 3, the 'reading head unit 62' is provided with the nozzle member 32 ( The + Y side of the projection unit PU) is spaced apart from the reference axis LV in the γ-axis direction by 39 200916979. The plurality of (here, four) X read heads 665 to 66 are arranged at a predetermined interval WD. Further, the read head unit 62D, The γ side of the primary alignment system AL1 disposed on the opposite side of the read head unit 62 (the projection unit ρ ϋ) disposed on the opposite nozzle member 32 (projection unit ϋ) is disposed at a predetermined interval WD on the reference axis LV (here, four X read head 66] ~ 664. Hereinafter, X read heads 66 to 668 are also referred to as X read head 66 as necessary. The read head unit 62 Β is configured to measure the round stage WST using the X scale 39 χ ! X linear encoder with multiple eyes (here, four eyes) in the X-axis direction (X position) (hereinafter referred to as "X" "Code" or "Carved Horse" (70) (see Fig. 6). The 'read head unit 62D' is used to measure the X position of the wafer stage WST using the X scale 39Χ2 (here ^ four eyes) The X encoder 70D (see Fig. 6). Here, the interval between the adjacent read heads 66 (i.e., the measuring beams) respectively provided by the head units 62B, 62D is set to be γ in comparison with the aforementioned χ scale 39 Χ 2 The width in the axial direction (more precisely, the long product of the lattice line 37) is narrow. Further, the interval between the X-head 66 on the most side of the head unit 62 and the head 66 on the + γ side of the head unit 62D is set to be wider than the width of the wafer WTB in the Y-axis direction. Slightly narrower, it is possible to switch between the two read heads by the movement of the wafer stage in the γ-axis direction (the connection described later). In the present embodiment, the head units 62F and 62E are provided at a predetermined distance from each other on the _γ side of the head units 62A and 62C. The head units 62F and 62 are omitted in Fig. 3 and the like in order to prevent the drawing from being too complicated, but are actually fixed to the main frame for holding the projection unit pu in a suspended state through the supporting member. Further, the head units 62e, 62f and the aforementioned head unit 40 200916979 to 62D may be integrated with the projecting PU suspension support or may be provided in the above-described measurement frame, for example, in the case where the projection unit pu is suspended. The head unit 62E has four gamma read heads 6 to 674 having different positions in the X-axis direction. More specifically, the head unit 62A includes three gamma read heads 67i to 673 disposed on the reference axis LA side at the same interval from the interval on the secondary alignment system AL2li-X side, and is disposed at the same time. The innermost (+X side) Y read head 6?3 is separated from the χ side by a predetermined distance (a shorter distance than 1), and the secondary alignment system is separated from the reference axis LA to the + γ side by a predetermined distance. A γ read head 6 at the position of the + γ side. The head unit 62F is symmetrical with the head unit 62 in the reference axis LV, and includes four Y heads 68l to 684 which are arranged symmetrically with respect to the four γ heads 67 to 674 on the reference axis Lv. Hereinafter, the γ read heads 67l to 674 and 68l to 684 are also referred to as γ read heads, (10) as necessary. At least one γ read head 67, 68 is opposed to each other when performing an alignment operation to be described later. The Υ scale 3 9 Υ 2, 39 测量 is measured by the γ read head 67, 68 (that is, the γ encoder 70c, 7 构成 formed by the γ read head π, μ), and the position of the wafer stage wst (and 0 z) Further, in the present embodiment, when the baseline measurement of the secondary alignment system to be described later is performed (sec-BCHK (time interval)), one of the FD rods 46 is aligned with the reference grid in the X-axis direction and the second pair. The γ-reading of the quasi-system AW AL24 is adjacent, and the 682 is respectively opposed, and the γ position of the rod is measured by the position of the reference grid 52 of the γ-reading head 3' - 对 opposite to the pair of reference grids 52. Hereinafter, the Y encoder composed of the Y head 6 and the ton which are opposed to the pair of reference grids 52 respectively is referred to as a γ linear encoder (referred to as a 4 code 41 200916979 coder or an "encoder" as appropriate). E2, 70F2. Further, for identification, the γ encoders 70A, 70F constituted by the γ heads 67 and (10) opposed to the Y scales 39Y2 and 39Y1, respectively, are referred to as Υ encoders 70Ei, 7〇Fi. The above linear encoders 70A to 70F measure the position coordinates of the wafer stage WST by, for example, an analysis capability of about l1 nm, and supply the measured values to the main control device 20, which is based on the linear encoder 7 Two of 〇A~70D, or 7〇B, 70D, 70E!, 70 测量 three of the measured values f: the position of the wafer stage WST in the χγ plane, and according to the encoder 7〇e2 The measured value of 70F2 controls the rotation of the FD rod 46 in the 02 direction. Further, the constitution of the linear encoder and the like will be described later. As shown in Fig. 3, the exposure apparatus 1 of the present embodiment is provided with a plurality of oblique incident methods similar to those disclosed in the illumination system 90a and the light receiving system 9B, for example, as disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,448,332. Focus position detection system (hereinafter referred to as "multi-point AF system"). In the present embodiment, as an example, the irradiation system 9A is disposed on the +Y side of the -X end portion of the head unit 62E, and the + X end portion of the head unit 62F is disposed opposite thereto. + The Y-side is equipped with a light receiving system 9〇b. The plurality of detection points of the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 9〇b) are arranged at predetermined intervals along the X-axis direction on the detected surface. In the present embodiment, for example, a matrix in which the lamp array (M is the total number of detection points) or two rows and N columns is 1/2 of the total number of detection points is arranged. In Fig. 3, a plurality of detection points for which the detection beams are respectively irradiated are not individually illustrated, and an elongated detection area (beam area) AF extending between the irradiation (4) 9Qa and the light receiving system 90b in the axial direction of the X station is shown. This detection area AF, due to the Residents _. , and the length of the X-axis direction is set to be the wafer W 42 200916979
直徑相同,因此藉由僅沿γ軸方向掃心圓W 測量晶圓w之大致全面…方向位置資訊(面位』:; 訊)。又’該檢測區域AF,由於係於γ軸方向 =浸區域U(曝光區域ΙΑ)與對準系統(AL1,AL21〜AL^ =間’因此能同時以多點af系統與對準系統進 l檢測動作。多.點AF系統雖可設於用以保持投影單元 pu之主框架等,但在本實施形態中係設於前述測量框竿。 此外,複數個檢測點雖係以列或2#n列來配 置,但行數及/或列數並不限於此。不2 u 時,最好係在不同行之間使檢測點在X軸方向之位置亦相 異。再者,雖複數個檢測點係、沿x軸方向配置,但並不限 於此,亦可將複數個檢測點之全部或一部分配置於在y軸 方向上的不同位置。例如亦可沿與X軸及γ軸兩方交又之Since the diameters are the same, the general position of the wafer w is measured by sweeping the center circle W only in the γ-axis direction (face position): (information). In addition, the detection area AF is due to the γ-axis direction = the immersion area U (exposure area ΙΑ) and the alignment system (AL1, AL21~AL^ = between), so that the multi-point af system and the alignment system can be simultaneously The detection operation may be provided in the main frame for holding the projection unit pu, etc., but in the present embodiment, it is provided in the measurement frame 此外. In addition, the plurality of detection points are in columns or 2#. n columns are configured, but the number of rows and/or the number of columns is not limited to this. When not 2 u, it is better to make the position of the detection point in the X-axis direction different between different rows. The detection points are arranged along the x-axis direction. However, the detection points are not limited thereto, and all or a part of the plurality of detection points may be disposed at different positions in the y-axis direction. For example, the X-axis and the γ-axis may be arranged along the X-axis and the γ-axis. Hand in hand
方向配置複數個檢測點。亦即’複數個檢測點只要至少在X 軸方向位置相異即可…雖在本實施形態中係對複數個 檢測點照射檢測光束’但例如亦可對檢測區域A f全區昭射 檢測光束。再者’檢測區域^在χ軸方向之長度亦可不與 晶圓W之直徑為相同程度。 在多點AF系統(9〇a,9〇b)之複數個檢測點中位於兩端 之檢測點附近、亦即檢測區域A F之兩端部附近,以相對基 準軸呈對稱之配置設有各__對之z位置測量用面位置感 測器讀頭(以下簡稱為「z讀頭」)?2a,72b及72c,72d。此 等Z 5賣頭72a〜72d固定於未圖示主框架之下面。此外’ z 5貝頭72a〜72d亦可設於前述測量框架等。 43 200916979 Z §賣碩72a〜72d,係使用例如使用在CD驅動裝置等所 使用之光拾取構成的光學式位移感測器讀頭(CD拾取方式 之感測器讀頭),其係自上方對晶圓台WTB照射光,並接收 其反射光來測量該光之照射點中晶圓台WTB表面在與 平面正交之Z軸方向的位置資訊。再者,前述讀頭單元 62C,在與各自具備之五個γ讀頭65】,64i(i,j=i〜y相同 之X位置錯開γ位置處分別具備五個z讀頭76』, 〜5)。此處,分別屬於讀頭單元62A, 62C之外側之三個z 讀頭763〜765, 74l〜 743係從基準軸LJMi+Y方向相隔既 定距離而與基準軸LH平行配置。又,讀頭單元62a,咖 各自所屬之最内側之z讀頭76l,745係配置於投影單元pu 之+ γ側,自最内側算起之第二個z讀頭762,744,係配置 於Y讀頭652, 各自之·γ側。又,分別屬於讀頭單元“A 62C之五個ζ讀頭76j,74i(i,卜卜5),係彼此相對基準輛 LV配置成對稱。此外,各z讀頭%, 74,係使用與前述z 讀頭72a〜72d相同之光學式位移感測器之讀頭。此外,z 讀頭之構成等,留待後述。 此處,Z讀頭74;係位於與前述z讀頭72a,72b相同之 Y軸平行的直,線上。同樣地,Z讀頭%係位於與前述z讀 頭72c,72d相同之Y軸平行的直線上。 又,Z讀頭743與Z讀頭744在平行於¥轴方向之距離、 以及Z讀頭763與Z讀頭762在平行於丫轴方向之距離,係 與Z讀頭72a,72b在平行於Y軸方向之間隔(與z讀頭72。, 72d在平行於γ軸方向之間隔一致)大致相同。又,z讀頭 44 200916979 743與Z讀頭745在平行於γ軸方向之距離、以及z讀頭% 與z讀頭76l在平行於丫轴方向之距離,係較z讀頭仏 在平行於Y輛方向之間隔短些許。 上述Z讀頭72a〜72d、z讀頭741〜745、以及z讀頭 76,〜765係如圖6所示,透過訊號處理/選擇裴置” f 於主控制裝置20,主控制裝置2〇,係透過訊號處理/選擇裝 置m從Z讀頭72a〜72d、z讀頭74ι〜745、以及2讀頭 76,〜765中選擇任意之z讀頭並成作動狀態透過訊號處 理/選擇裝置17〇接收以成該作動狀態之2讀頭檢測出之面 位置資訊。本實施形態,係包含z讀頭72&〜m Z讀頭 7\〜745、Z讀頭76l〜 765、以及訊號處理/選擇骏置【几, 而構成用以測量晶圓載台篇丁在z軸方向及相對χγ平面 之傾斜方向之位置資訊的面位置測量系统18〇(測量系統 200之—部分)。 此外,圖3中係省略測量載台MST之圖示,以保持於 ,載台MST與前端透鏡191之間之水Lq而形成的液 浸區域係由符號14表示。又,圖3中,符號仰係顯示供 進仃晶圓台WTB上之晶圓部載的知載位置,符號Lp係顯 不供進行晶圓對晶圓台WTB上之裝載的裝載位置。本實施 f態中,卸載位置UP與裝載位置Lp係相對基準軸lv設 疋成對稱。此外,亦能使卸載位置UP與裝載位置Lp為同 一位置。 ’’ 圖6,係顯示曝光裝置1〇〇之控制系統的主要 此 '、、,先,係以由用以統籌裝置整體之微電腦(或工作站) 45 200916979 所構成的主控制裝置20為中心。於連接於此主控制裝置20 之外部圮憶裝置之記憶體34儲存有干涉儀系統丨丨8、編碼 為系統15〇(編碼器7〇a〜70F)、Z讀頭72a〜72d, 74i〜 745, Z讀頭761〜76S等測量器系統的修正資訊。此外,圖6中, 係將刖述照度不均感測器94、空間像測量器96、以及波面 像差感測器98等設於測量載台MST之各種感測器,合稱為 感測器群99。 其次,針對Z讀頭72a〜72d,74丨〜745,及761〜765之 冓成·#以圖7所示之Z讀頭72a為代表進行說明。 ^ Z讀頭72a如圖7所示,具備聚焦感測器FS、收納有 聚焦感測器FS之感測器本體ZH及將感測器本體ZH驅動 於z軸方向之驅動部(未圖示)、以及測量感測器本體ZH在 z軸方向之位移的測量部ZE等。 作為聚焦感測器Fs,係使用與CD驅動裝置等所使用 光杧取方式相同之光學式位移感測器,其係藉由對測量 對象面s照射探測光束LB並接收其反射光,以光學方式讀 取測量對象面S之位移。關於聚焦感測器之構成等,留待 後述。聚焦感測器FS之輸出訊號係送至未圖示驅動部。 驅動部(未圖示)包含致動器例如音圈馬達’該音圈馬達 之可動件及固定件之—方係固定於感測器本體ZH,另-方 則:定於收容感測器本體ZH及測量部ZE等之未圖示筐體 部分、。該驅動部,係依據來自聚焦感测器^之輸出訊 以使感測器本體ZH與測量對象面s之距離保持於一定 更正確而係使測量對象面s保持於聚焦感測器 46 200916979 FS之光學系統最佳聚焦位置)將感測器本體ZH驅動於z 轴方向。藉此,感測器本體Zh則追隨測量對象面S在Z轴 方向之位移,而保持聚焦鎖定狀態。 本貫施形態中’係使用例如繞射干涉方式之編碼器作 為測量部ZE。測量部ZE,包含設於支撐構件SM(固定於感 測器本體ZH上面且延伸於z軸方向)側面之以z軸方向為 週期方向的反射型繞射光栅EG、以及與該繞射光柵£(}對 向女裝於未圖示筐體的編碼器讀頭EH。編碼器讀頭係 將探測光束EL照射於繞射光柵EG,並以受光元件接收來 自繞射光柵EG之反射、繞射光,藉此讀取探測光束el之 照射點之來自基準點(例如原點)的位移,以讀取感測器本體 ZH在Z軸方向的位移。 本實施形態中,如上所述,在聚焦鎖定狀態下,感測 器本體ZH係以與測量對象面㈣持—^距離之方式位移於 z轴方向…匕,測量部ZE之編碼器讀頭eh,係藉由測 量感測器本體ZH纟Z轴方向之位移來測量測量對象面$ 之面位置(Z位置)。編碼器讀頭印之測量值,係 頭72a之測量值’透過前述訊號處理/選擇裝置17〇供應至 主控制裝置20。 聚焦感測器FS ’例如圖8(A)所示包含照射系統%、 光學系統FS2、受光系統FS;之三個部分。Configure multiple detection points in the direction. In other words, the plurality of detection points may be different at least in the X-axis direction. Although in the present embodiment, the detection beams are irradiated to the plurality of detection points, but for example, the detection region of the detection region A f may be detected. . Further, the length of the detection region ^ in the direction of the x-axis may not be the same as the diameter of the wafer W. In the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 9〇b), a plurality of detection points are located near the detection points at both ends, that is, near the both ends of the detection area AF, and are arranged symmetrically with respect to the reference axis. __For the z position measurement surface position sensor read head (hereinafter referred to as "z read head")? 2a, 72b and 72c, 72d. These Z 5 selling heads 72a to 72d are fixed to the lower side of the main frame not shown. Further, the 'z 5 heads 72a to 72d may be provided in the aforementioned measurement frame or the like. 43 200916979 Z § sells the masters 72a to 72d, for example, using an optical displacement sensor read head (CD pickup type sensor read head) constituted by optical pickup used in a CD drive device or the like, which is from the top The wafer table WTB is irradiated with light, and the reflected light is received to measure position information of the surface of the wafer table WTB in the Z-axis direction orthogonal to the plane in the irradiation point of the light. Further, the head unit 62C has five z-heads 76 respectively at the gamma positions of the X-position heads 65, 64i (i, j=i to y, which are provided separately), respectively. 5). Here, the three z-heads 763 to 765, 74l to 743 belonging to the outer sides of the head units 62A, 62C, respectively, are arranged in parallel with the reference axis LH with a predetermined distance from the reference axis LJMi+Y. Further, the head unit 62a and the innermost z-heads 76l and 745 to which the coffee beans belong are arranged on the +γ side of the projection unit pu, and the second z-heads 762 and 744 from the innermost side are arranged in the Y-read. Head 652, respective γ side. Further, the five read heads 76j, 74i (i, bub 5) belonging to the head unit "A 62C" are arranged symmetrically with respect to each other with respect to the reference vehicle LV. Further, each z read head %, 74 is used and The read heads of the optical displacement sensors having the same z read heads 72a to 72d are the same as those of the z-read heads 72a and 72b. Here, the z read head 74 is located in the same manner as the z read heads 72a and 72b. Similarly, the Y read head % is located on a straight line parallel to the Y axis of the z read heads 72c, 72d. Further, the Z read head 743 and the Z read head 744 are parallel to the ¥. The distance in the axial direction, and the distance between the Z read head 763 and the Z read head 762 in the direction parallel to the x-axis, are spaced from the Z read heads 72a, 72b in parallel with the Y-axis direction (with the z read head 72, 72d). The intervals parallel to the γ-axis direction are substantially the same. Further, the z read head 44 200916979 743 and the Z read head 745 are parallel to the γ-axis direction, and the z read head % and the z read head 76l are parallel to the x-axis direction. The distance is shorter than the interval between the z read head and the direction parallel to the Y. The Z read heads 72a to 72d, the z read heads 741 to 745, and the z read head 76, ~765 As shown in FIG. 6, the signal processing/selection device is transmitted to the main control device 20, and the main control device 2 is read from the Z read heads 72a to 72d and the z read heads 74 to 745 through the signal processing/selection device m. And the read heads 76 and 765 select any z read head and operate in the active state through the signal processing/selecting means 17 to receive the position information detected by the 2 read heads in the active state. In this embodiment, the z read head 72 &~m Z read head 7\~745, the Z read head 76l~765, and the signal processing/selection control unit are included, and the composition is used to measure the wafer stage. The surface position measuring system 18 (the portion of the measuring system 200) of the axial direction and the position information of the tilt direction with respect to the χ γ plane. Further, in Fig. 3, the illustration of the measurement stage MST is omitted, and the liquid immersion area formed by the water Lq between the stage MST and the front end lens 191 is indicated by reference numeral 14. Further, in Fig. 3, the symbol indicates the loading position of the wafer portion carried on the wafer table WTB, and the symbol Lp indicates the loading position for the wafer to be loaded on the wafer table WTB. In the f-state of the present embodiment, the unloading position UP and the loading position Lp are symmetric with respect to the reference axis lv. Further, the unloading position UP and the loading position Lp can be made the same position. Fig. 6 shows the main control system of the exposure apparatus 1 、, and is centered on the main control unit 20 constituted by a microcomputer (or workstation) 45 200916979 for coordinating the entire apparatus. The memory 34 of the external memory device connected to the main control device 20 stores an interferometer system 丨丨8, coded as a system 15〇 (encoders 7〇a to 70F), and Z read heads 72a to 72d, 74i~ 745, Z read head 761 ~ 76S and other correction system correction information. In addition, in FIG. 6, various sensors such as the illuminance unevenness sensor 94, the spatial image measuring device 96, and the wavefront aberration sensor 98 are provided on the measurement stage MST, and are collectively referred to as sensing. Group 99. Next, the Z read heads 72a to 72d, 74A to 745, and 761 to 765 are represented by the Z head 72a shown in Fig. 7 as a representative. As shown in FIG. 7, the Z read head 72a includes a focus sensor FS, a sensor body ZH that houses the focus sensor FS, and a drive unit that drives the sensor body ZH in the z-axis direction (not shown). And a measuring unit ZE or the like that measures the displacement of the sensor body ZH in the z-axis direction. As the focus sensor Fs, an optical displacement sensor using the same optical pickup method as that of the CD driving device or the like is used, which irradiates the detection beam LB to the measurement target surface s and receives the reflected light thereof to optically The mode reads the displacement of the measurement object surface S. The configuration of the focus sensor and the like will be described later. The output signal of the focus sensor FS is sent to a drive unit not shown. The driving part (not shown) includes an actuator such as a voice coil motor, the movable part of the voice coil motor and the fixing part are fixed to the sensor body ZH, and the other side is set to receive the sensor body. ZH and the measuring unit ZE and the like are not shown in the housing portion. The driving portion is configured to keep the measuring object surface s at the focusing sensor 46 according to the output signal from the focus sensor to keep the distance between the sensor body ZH and the measuring object surface s to be relatively correct. 200916979 FS The optical system's best focus position) drives the sensor body ZH in the z-axis direction. Thereby, the sensor body Zh follows the displacement of the measuring object surface S in the Z-axis direction while maintaining the focus locking state. In the present embodiment, an encoder such as a diffraction interference type is used as the measuring portion ZE. The measuring portion ZE includes a reflective diffraction grating EG provided in a z-axis direction as a periodic direction on a side of the support member SM (fixed on the sensor body ZH and extending in the z-axis direction), and a diffraction grating with the diffraction grating (} Opposing the encoder head EH of the case that is not shown in the figure. The encoder read head irradiates the probe beam EL to the diffraction grating EG, and receives the reflected and diffracted light from the diffraction grating EG with the light receiving element. Thereby, the displacement from the reference point (for example, the origin) of the irradiation point of the probe beam el is read to read the displacement of the sensor body ZH in the Z-axis direction. In the present embodiment, as described above, in the focus lock In the state, the sensor body ZH is displaced in the z-axis direction ... 匕, the encoder reading head eh of the measuring part ZE is measured by the measuring body ZH纟Z The displacement in the axial direction is used to measure the position (Z position) of the surface of the measuring object. The measured value of the head reading 72a is supplied to the main control unit 20 through the aforementioned signal processing/selection device 17A. The focus sensor FS' includes, for example, the illumination shown in FIG. 8(A) System %, optical system FS2, light receiving system FS; three parts.
柵板(繞射光學元件)ZG 照射系統FS「包含例如由雷射二極體構成之光源⑶、 以及配置在該光源LD戶斤射出之雷射光之光路上的繞射光 47 200916979 光學系統FS2,例如包含依序配置在繞射光柵板zg產 生之雷射光之繞射光亦即探測光束LBl之光路上的偏振分 光斋PBS、準直透鏡CL、四分之一波長板(X/4板)WP、以 及物鏡OL等。 受光系統FS3,例如包含依序配置於探測光束lBi在測 畺對象面S之反射光束LB2之返回光路上的圓筒透鏡cyl 及四分割受光元件ZD。 藉由聚焦感測器FS,使在照射系統fs i之光源LD產生 之直線偏振之雷射光照射於繞射光栅板ZG,藉由該繞射光 栅板ZG產生繞射光(探測光束)LBi。此探測光束LBi之中 心軸(主光線)係與Z軸平行且與測量對象面s正交。 接著,探測光束LB!、亦即相對偏振分光器pBs之分 離面為p偏振之偏振成分的光,係射入光學系統FS2。在光 學系統FSd ’探測光束LB丨係透射過偏振分光器pBs,於 準直透鏡CL轉換成平行光束,透射過λ/4板wp,成為一 圓偏光而在物鏡OL聚光,並照射於測量對 在該測量對象φ s產生與探測光束LBi之射入光反向a之圓 偏光即反射光(反射光束)lb2。接著,反射光束lb2,係相 反地沿射入光(探測光纟LBl)之光路,透射過物鏡〇l、又Μ 板WP、準直透鏡CL,而射向偏振分光器咖。此時,藉 由透射過兩次又Μ板WP,反射光束LB2則轉換成^振: 因此,反射光I LB2,係在偏振分光器咖之分離面彎折 其行進方向,而送至受光系統FS3。 LB2係透射過圓筒透鏡 受光系統F S3中,反射光束 48 200916979 CYL ’照射於四分割受光元件zd之檢測面。此處,圓筒透 鏡CYL係所謂「桶型」之透鏡,如圖8(Β)所示,γζ截面 具有凸部朝向Υ軸方向之凸形狀,且如圖8(C)所示,χγ截 面具有矩形狀。因此,透射過圓筒透鏡CYL之反射光束 LB2,其截面形狀在z軸方向與χ軸方向被聚集成非對稱, 而產生非點像差。 四分割受光元件ZD,係以其檢測面接收反射光束 广 LB2。四分割受光元件ZD之檢側面,如圖9(A)所示,整體 為正方形’以其兩條對角線為分離線等分割成四個檢測區 域a,b,c,d。檢測面之中心為〇zd。 此處’在圖8(A)所示之理想聚焦狀態(焦點一致之狀 I、)亦即探測光束LB1於測量對象面上連結焦點的狀態 下’反射光束LB2在檢側面上之截面形狀,如圖9(c)所示 係以中心〇zd為中心的圓形。 又’圖8(A)中’探測光束lb!於測量對象面S!上連結 I 焦點之所謂前焦點狀態(亦即測量對象面S位於理想位置 s〇 ’四分割受光元件ZD係與處於圖8(B)及圖8(C)中符號1 所不位置之狀態等價的狀態),反射光束LB2在檢側面上之 截面形狀’如圖9(B)所示係以中心〇ZD為中心的橫長圓形。 又’圖8(A)中,探測光束LBi於測量對象面上連結 焦點之所謂後焦點狀態(亦即測量對象面S位於理想位置 S〇 ’四分割受光元件ZD係與處於圖8(B)及圖8(c)中符號j 所示位置之狀態等價的狀態),反射光束LB2在檢側面上之 截面形狀,如圖9(D)所示係以中心〇ZD為中心的縱長圓形。 49 200916979 連接於四分割受光元件ZD之未圖示之運算電路中,將 四個檢測區域a,b,c, d所受光之光的強度分別設為Ia化 k,Id ’將次式(7)所表示之聚焦錯誤i算出,並輸出至未圖 示驅動部。 I = (Ia+Ic)-(Ib+Id) …(7) 此外’上述理想聚焦狀態下,由於四個檢測區域各自 之光束截面的面積彼此相等,因此可得到聚焦錯誤Z = 〇。 又,在上述前焦點狀態下,根據式(7)可得到聚焦錯誤^ , 在後焦點狀態下,根據式(7)可得到聚焦錯誤〗> 〇。 未圖示之驅動部,係從聚焦感測器FS内之檢測部 ^收聚焦錯誤I,並以重現I = 〇之方式將收納有聚焦感測 器FS之感測器本體ZH驅動於z軸方向。藉由此驅動部之 動作,感測器本體ZH會追隨測量對象面s之z位移而位 移,因此探測光束必定會在測量對象面s上連結焦點、亦 即感測器本體ZH與測量對象面s間之距離隨時保持一定 (保持聚焦鎖定狀態)。 另一方面,未圖示之驅動部,亦能以使測量部ze之測 量結果一致於來自Z讀頭72a外部之輸入訊號的方式,將 感测器本體ZH驅動於z軸方向並加以定位。因此,亦能使 探測光束LB之焦點位於與實際測量對象面s之面位置不同 的位置。藉由此驅動部之動作(標尺伺服控制),能執行後述 Z讀頭之切換的歸返處理、輸出訊號之異常產生時之迴避處 50 200916979 理等。 本實施形態中,如前所述,係採用編碼器作為測量部 ZE,使用編碼器讀頭eh讀取設置於感測器本體ZH之繞射 光栅EG的Z位移。編碼器讀頭EH,由於係測量測量對象 (繞射光柵EG)自基準點之位移的相對位置感測器,因此須 定出其基準點。本實施形態中,當設有用以檢測繞射光柵 EG之端部之定位圖案、或於繞射光栅eg設有定位圖案時, 可藉由檢測該定位圖案來決定其Z位移之基準位置(例如原 點)。不論如何,可對應繞射光柵EG之基準位置來決定測 里對象面S之基準面位置’並測量測量對象面s自該基準 面位置之Z位移、亦即z軸方向的位置。此外,在曝光裝 置1 00之啟動時等Z讀頭之初次啟動時,必定執行繞射光 栅EG之基準位置(例如原點、亦即測量對象面s之基準面 位置)的設定。此情形下,由於基準位置最好係設定於感測 器本體ZH之移動範圍中央附近。因此,可設置用以調整光 學系統之焦點位置之驅動線圈來調整物鏡〇L之z位置,以 :舆該中央附近之基準位置對應的基準面位置與聚焦感測 态FS之光學系統的焦點位置一致。又,測量部係在感 測器本體ZH位於基準位置(例如原點)時產生原點檢測訊 Z咕頭/2a中,由於感測器本體ZH及測量部均收 納於未圖示筐體㈣’且探測光束叫之露出至筐體外部 的部分之光路長亦極短,因此空氣搖晃的影響非常小。因 此’包含Z讀頭之感測器’例如與雷射干涉儀相較,其在 51 200916979 二氣搖晃程度之較短期間中之測量穩定性(短期穩定性)格 外優異。 其他Z讀頭亦具有與上述Z讀頭72a相同之構成及功 月匕如上所述,本實施形態中,Z讀頭,係與編碼器同樣地 ^用從上方(+Z方向)觀察Y標尺39Y〗,39Y2等的繞射光栅 面。因此,藉由以複數個z讀頭測量晶圓台WTB上面之不 同位置之面位置資訊,而能測量晶圓載台WST在Z軸方向 f 之位置與0 Υ旋轉(橫搖)及0 X旋轉(縱搖)。不過,在曝光 ^曰曰圓載台WST之縱搖控制之精度並不特別重要,因此 $包含z讀頭之面位置測量系統係不測量縱搖,各一個z 口貝頭係與晶圓台WTB上之γ標尺39丫1,39丫2對向的構成。 其""人’說明以本實施形態之曝光裝置100進行之晶圓w 在ζ軸方向之位置資訊(面位置資訊)之檢測(以下稱為 聚焦映射)。 在進仃聚焦映射時,主控制裝置20係如圖10(Α)所示 (、據對向於Χ軚尺39X2之χ讀頭663(χ線性編碼器70D)、 、及刀另J對向於γ標尺39γ丨,之兩個γ讀頭673(γ f、’扁碼器7〇A,70C)管理晶圓載台WST在χγ平面内的 。置在此圖1 0(A)之狀態下,通過晶圓台wTB中心(與晶 2 W中心大致一致)之與γ軸平行的直線(中心線)係一致於 △述基準線LV的狀態。又,此處雖省略圖示,但於晶圓載 曰WST之+ γ側具有測量載台,於前述桿乜及 晶圓台WTB與投影#墨I μ ϋτ ν尤学系統PL之前端透鏡191之間保持 有水(參照圖18)。 52 200916979 接著’在此狀態下’,主控制裝置2〇係開始晶圓載台 WST往+ Y方向之掃描(SCAN),在此掃描開始後,至晶圓 載台WST往+ γ方向移動,使多點AF系統(9〇a, 9〇b)之檢 測光束(檢測區域AF)開始照射於晶圓w上為止之期間,係 使Z讀頭72a〜72d與多點AF系統(9〇a,90b)—起作動(使其 啟動)。 接著,在Z讀頭72a〜72d與多點AF系統(90a,90b)同 時作動的狀態下’如圖10(B)所示’在晶圓載台WST往+ γ方向行進之期間,以既定取樣間隔,擷取z讀頭72a〜72d 所測量之晶圓台WTB表面(板體28表面)在Z軸方向之位置 資訊(面位置資訊)、以及多點AF系統(9〇a, 9〇b)所檢測之複 數個檢測點中晶圓W表面在Z軸方向之位置資訊(面位置資 訊),將該擷取之各面位置資訊與各取樣時之γ線性編碼器 7〇A,70C之測量值之三者彼此賦予對應關係後逐一儲存於 未圖示記憶體。 接著,當多點AF系統(90a,90b)之檢測光束不照射於 晶圓w時,主控制裝置20,即結束上述取樣’將多點af 系統(90a,90b)之各檢測點之面位置資訊’換算成以同時擷 取之Z讀頭72a〜72d之面位置資訊為基準的資料。 進一步詳述之’係根據Z讀頭72a,72b之測量值之平 均值’求出板體28在-X側端部附近之區域(形成有γ標尺 3 9Y2的區域)上之既定點(例如z讀頭72a, 72b各自之測量 值之中點,亦即相當於與多點AF系統(9〇a,9〇b)之複數個 k測點之排列大致相同之χ軸上的點’以下將此點稱為左 53 200916979 r ^ 1點Ρ1)中的面位置資訊。又,根據Ζ讀頭心,福之測 里值之平均值’求出板體28在+ X側端部附近之區域⑽成 有丫標^ 39Yl的區域)上之既定點(例如Ζ讀頭72c, 72d各 自之測里值之中點’亦即相當於與多點^系統(術,幾) 之複數個檢測點之排列大致相同之χ轴上的點,以下將此 點稱為右測量·點Ρ2)中的面位置資訊。接著,主控制裝置 如圖1 0(C)所π,將多點AF ,系統(術,娜)之各檢測點 面位置i afl ’換算成以將左測量點p i之面位置與右測 量點P2,,面位置連結之直線為基準的面位置資料21〜辻。 上述換算纟控制裝置2Q係針對所有取樣時所擷取之資料 進行。 ^如上述,藉由預先取得上述換算資料,例如在曝光時 等主控制衷置20,係以前述z讀頭74丨,%測量晶圓台 WTB表面(形成有γ標尺39γ2之區域上的點(上述左測量點 Η附近的點、以及形成有γ標尺39γι之區域上的點(上述 右測置點Ρ2附近的點),以算出晶圓载台wst之ζ位置鱼 ^旋轉(橫搖)量幼。接著,使用此等ζ位置與橫搖量 與Υ干涉儀所測量之晶圓載台WST之ΘΧ旋轉(縱搖)量 Θχ,進行既定運算,算出在前述曝光區wa中心(曝光中 心)之晶圓台WTB表面之ζ位置%)、橫搖量〇、以及縱 搖量θχ’根據此算出結果’求出連結上述左測量點ρι之 面位置與右測量點P2之面位置之通過曝光中心的直線,藉 由使用此直線與面位置資料zl〜zk,而可在不實際取得晶 圓w表面之面位置資訊的情況下進行晶圓w上面之面位置 54 200916979 控制(聚焦調平控制)。因此,由於可將多點AF系統毫無問 題地配置於自投影光學系統PL離開的位置,因此即使係工 作距離狹小的曝光裝置等,亦可非常合適地適用本實施形 態之聚焦映射。 此外,上述說明中,雖係分別根據z讀頭72a, 72b之 測量值之平均值、7 # 5S ^ , τ ® Ζ β賣頭72c,72d之平均值算出左測量點 之面位置與右測量點P2的面位置,但並不限於此,亦可 r 2多2 AF系統(9〇a,9〇b)之各檢測點中的面位置資訊,換 算成以將例如Z讀頭72a,72e所測量之面位置連結之直線 為基準的面位置f料。此情形下可先分別求出在各取樣 時點取得之Z讀頭72a之測量值與z讀頭…之測量值之 差\以及z讀頭72c之測量值與z讀頭72d之測量值之差。 接著’在曝光時等進行面位置控制時,係以z讀頭741及 76】測量晶圓台WTB表面以算出晶圓载台WST之Z位置與 轉’糟由使用此等算出值、以γ干涉儀16測量之晶 WST之縱搖…、前述面位置資料zi〜zk、以及 7之差來進行既定運算,藉此可在不實際取得晶圓以表 之面位置資訊的情況下進行晶圓w之面位置控制β 不過,以上說明係以晶圓台WTB 在凹凸之情況為前提。 面在X軸方向不存 理屮欠’說明聚焦校正。聚焦校正,係指進行下述兩處 -側端:圓台WTB在一基準狀態下之x軸方向-側與另 板30本 貝 興多點AF系統(90a,90b)之測量 表面之代表檢測點(面位置資訊)中之檢測結果的關係 55 200916979 本思仅正之前半處理),以及在與上述基準狀態相同 狀〜、下求出與使用空間像測量裝置45檢測之投影光學 系統PL之最佳聚焦位置對應之晶圓台资8在乂轴方向一 側與另彻J端部之面位置資訊的處理(聚焦校正之後半處 理)’根據此等處理結果,求出多點AF系統(9〇a,娜)之代 表檢測點中之偏置、亦即投影光學系統凡之最佳聚焦位置 與多點AF系統之檢測原點的偏差等處理。 f 在進行聚焦校正時,主控制裝置20係如圖11(A)所示, 根據與X枯尺39X2對向之X讀頭662(x線性編碼器7〇〇)、 以及分別與Y標尺39Υι,ΜΑ對向之兩個γ讀頭682, 673(γ 線性編碼器70FB 70E!) ’管理晶圓載台WST在χγ平面内 的位置。此圖1 1 (Α)之狀態,係與前述圖丨〇Α之狀態大致相 同之狀態。不過,在此圖1 1Α之狀態下,晶圓載台WST係 在Y軸方向位於被來自多點AF系統(90a,90b)之檢測光束 照射於前述測量板30的位置。 C,.i (a)在此狀態下’主控制裝置20係進行如下所述之聚焦 校正之前半處理。亦即,主控制裝置2〇,係一邊檢測前述 Z讀頭72a,72b,72c,72d所檢測之晶圓台WTB在X軸方向 一側與另一側端部的面位置資訊,一邊以該面位置資訊為 基準’使用多點AF系統(90a,90b)檢測前述測量板3〇(參照 圖3)表面之面位置資訊。藉此,求出晶圓台WTB之中心線 —致於基準線LV之狀態下之Z讀頭72a,72b,72c, 72d的 測量值(晶圓台WTB在X軸方向一側與另一側端部的面位 置資訊)、以及多點AF系統(90a,90b)對測量板30表面之檢 56 200916979 測點(複數個檢測點中位於中央或其附近的檢 結果(面位置資訊)的關係。 #叫 (b)其次,主控制裝置20使晶圓載台wst往+ γ方 移動既定距離,在測量板3〇配置於投影光學系統pL之; 方近處的位置使晶圓載台WST停止。接著,主控制裝 進行如下所述之聚焦校正的後半處理。亦即, 20係如圖U(B)所示,盥上述 制襄置 一上連t焦杈正之前半處理時同樣 f j 地’以z讀頭72a〜72d所測量之面位置資訊為基準, 控制測量板30(晶圓載台WST)在投影光學系統pL之光軸方 向的位置⑼立置),一邊使用空間像測量裝置^,例 際公開第2005/124834號小冊子等所揭示般以z方向掃描測 ,標線片R或形成於標線片載台RST上未圖示標記板的測 里標记之空間像,並根據其結果測定投影光學系統孔之最 佳聚焦位置。主控制裝置2〇’在上述z方向掃描測量中取 係與擷取來自空間像測量裝置45之輪出訊號的動作同 步,擷取用以測量晶圓台WTB在χ軸方向—側與另一側端 部的面位置資訊之一對ζ讀頭Mr 76s的測量值。接著, 將與投影光學系統PL之最佳聚焦位置對應之ζ讀頭%、 763的值儲存於未圖示記憶體。此外,之所以在聚焦校正之 後半處理中,以Ζ讀頭72a〜72d所測量的面位置資訊為基 準,來控制測量板30(晶圓載台WST)在投影光學系統ph之 ^轴方向的位£(Z位置),係因此聚焦校正之後半處理係在 月ί述聚焦映射的途中進行之故。 此時’如圖U(B)所示,由於液浸區域14係形成於投 57 200916979 影光學系統PL與測量板30(晶圓台WTB)之間,因此上述办 間像之測量係透過投影光學系統PL及水Lq進行。又,在 圖11(B)中雖省略圖示’但空間像測量裝置45之測量板% 等係裝载於晶圓載台WST(晶圓台WTB),受光元件等係裝 載於測量載台MST,因此上述空間像之測量係在晶圓載台 WST與測量載台MST保持接觸狀態(或接近狀態)下進行(參 照圖20)。 (c)藉此,主控制裝置20,係根據在上述(a)之聚焦校正 之前半處理中所求出之Z讀頭72a,72b,72c,72d的測量值 (晶圓台WTB在X軸方向一側與另一侧端部的面位置資 訊)、與多點AF系統(9〇a,90b)對測量板30表面之檢測點之 檢測結果(面位置資訊)的關係、以及在上述(b)之聚焦校正之 後半處理中所求出之與投影光學系統pL之最佳聚焦位置對 應之Z讀頭743、763的測量值(亦即,晶圓台WTB在X軸 方向一側與另一側端部的面位置資訊),求出多點AF系統 (90a,90b)之代表檢測點中之偏置、亦即投影光學系統 之最佳聚焦位置與多點AF系統之檢測原點的偏差。本實施 形態中,此代表檢測點雖係例如複數個檢測點中位於中央 或其附近的檢測點,但其數目及/或位置等可為任意。在此 情形下,主控制裝置20係進行多點AF系統之檢測原點的 調整,以使該代表檢測點之偏置成為零。此調整例如可藉 由艾光系統90b内部之未圖示平行平面板之角度調整來以 光學方式進行,或亦可以電氣方式調整檢測偏置。或者, 亦可不進行檢測原點之調整,而係先儲存其偏置。此處, 58 200916979 係藉由上述光學方式進行該檢測原點之調整。藉此,多點 AF系統(9〇a,90b)之聚焦校正則結束。此外,光學方式之檢 測原點之調整,由於難以在代表檢測點以外之所有剩餘檢 測點將其偏置設為零’因此剩餘之檢測點最好係先儲存光 學方式調整後之偏置。 其次’說明與多點AF系統(9〇a,90b)之複數個檢測點 個別對應之複數個受光元件(感測器)間之檢測值的偏置修 f 正(以下,稱為AF感測器間偏置修正)。 在進行此AF感測器間偏置修正時,主控制裝置2〇係 如圖U(A)所示,從多點AF系統(90a,9〇b)之照射系統9〇a 將檢測光束照射於具備既定基準平面之前述Fd桿46,並擷 取來自多點AF系統(90a,90b)(已接收反射自fd桿46表面 (基準平面)的反射光)之受光系統90b的輸出訊號。 此情形下,FD桿46表面,只要係與Χγ平面設定成平 行,主控制裝置20即根據如上述方式擷取之輸出訊號,求 I, 出與複數個檢測點個別對應之受光系統90b内之複數個感 測之檢測值(測量值)的關係,並將該關係儲存於記憶體, 戈者藉由電氣調整各感測器之檢測偏置進行AF感測器間 偏置修正,以使所有感測器之檢測值成為例如與前述聚焦 校正時之代表檢測點對應之感測器之檢測值相同的值。 然而,本實施形態中,在擷取來自多點AF系統(9〇a, 9〇b) 之受光系統90b的輸出訊號時,由於主控制装置2〇係如圖 12(A)所不,使用z讀頭744, 745, 76卜762檢測FD桿46表 面之傾斜,因此不一定要將FD桿46表面設定成與又^^平 59 200916979 =平行。亦即,如圖12(B)之示意所示,各檢測點之檢測值, 分別為該圖中箭頭所示之值,只要連結檢測值上端之線有 该圖中之點線所示的凹凸,即調整各檢測值以使連結檢測 值上端之線成為該圖中實線所示。 其次,根據圖13〜圖23說明本實施形態之曝光裝置 100中使用晶圓載台WST與測量載台謝的並行處理動 作此外,以下動作中,係透過主控制裝置20,以前述方 式進仃局部液浸裝置8之液體供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6Grid (diffractive optical element) ZG illumination system FS "includes, for example, a light source (3) composed of a laser diode, and a diffracted light 47 200916979 optical system FS2 disposed on the optical path of the laser light emitted by the light source LD For example, the diffracted light including the laser light generated by the diffraction grating plate zg, that is, the polarization light splitting PBS of the probe light beam LB1, the collimating lens CL, the quarter wave plate (X/4 plate) WP And the objective lens OL, etc. The light receiving system FS3 includes, for example, a cylindrical lens cyl and a four-divided light receiving element ZD which are sequentially disposed on the returning light path of the reflected light beam LB2 of the detecting light beam lBi on the measuring target surface S. The FS is configured to illuminate the linearly polarized laser light generated by the light source LD of the illumination system fs i on the diffraction grating plate ZG, and the diffraction grating plate ZG generates a diffracted light (detection beam) LBi. The center of the detection beam LBi The axis (principal ray) is parallel to the Z axis and orthogonal to the measurement target surface s. Next, the detection beam LB!, that is, the polarization surface of the polarization plane of the polarization beam splitter pBs is p-polarized, and is incident on the optical system. FS2. In The system FSd 'detection beam LB丨 is transmitted through the polarization beam splitter pBs, converted into a parallel beam by the collimator lens CL, transmitted through the λ/4 plate wp, becomes a circularly polarized light, and is concentrated in the objective lens OL, and is irradiated to the measurement pair. The measurement object φ s generates a circularly polarized light that is opposite to the incident light of the probe beam LBi, that is, reflected light (reflected light beam) lb2. Then, the reflected light beam lb2 is oppositely incident along the optical path of the incident light (detection pupil LB1) Transmitted through the objective lens 、1, the Μ plate WP, and the collimating lens CL, and is directed to the polarization beam splitter. At this time, by transmitting the plate WP twice, the reflected beam LB2 is converted into a vibration: The reflected light I LB2 is bent in the traveling direction of the polarization beam splitter and sent to the light receiving system FS3. The LB2 is transmitted through the cylindrical lens receiving system F S3, and the reflected beam 48 200916979 CYL 'is irradiated in four segments The detection surface of the light-receiving element zd. Here, the cylindrical lens CYL is a so-called "bucket type" lens, and as shown in Fig. 8 (Β), the γ ζ cross-section has a convex shape in which the convex portion faces the Υ-axis direction, and as shown in Fig. 8 ( As shown in C), the χγ cross section has a rectangular shape. Therefore, the reflected beam LB2 transmitted through the cylindrical lens CYL is asymmetrical in cross-sectional shape in the z-axis direction and the z-axis direction to generate astigmatism. The four-divided light-receiving element ZD receives the reflected light beam LB2 at its detection surface. As shown in Fig. 9(A), the inspection side surface of the four-divided light-receiving element ZD is divided into four detection areas a, b, c, and d by dividing the two diagonal lines into two separate lines. The center of the detection surface is 〇zd. Here, 'the ideal focus state shown in FIG. 8(A) (the shape of the focus coincident I), that is, the cross-sectional shape of the reflected light beam LB2 on the detection side in the state where the probe beam LB1 is connected to the focus on the measurement target surface, As shown in Fig. 9(c), it is a circle centered on the center 〇zd. Further, in Fig. 8(A), the so-called front focus state in which the I focus is connected to the measurement target surface S! (that is, the measurement target surface S is located at the ideal position s〇', the four-divided light-receiving element ZD system and the figure 8(B) and FIG. 8(C) are equivalent to the state in which the symbol 1 is not in the position), and the cross-sectional shape of the reflected beam LB2 on the detection side is centered on the center 〇ZD as shown in FIG. 9(B). Horizontally long round. Further, in Fig. 8(A), the so-called back focus state in which the probe beam LBi is connected to the focus on the measurement target surface (that is, the measurement target surface S is located at the ideal position S〇' of the four-divided light-receiving element ZD system and is in Fig. 8(B) And a state equivalent to the state of the position indicated by the symbol j in Fig. 8(c)), the cross-sectional shape of the reflected light beam LB2 on the detecting side, as shown in Fig. 9(D), is a long circular circle centered on the center 〇ZD shape. 49 200916979 In the arithmetic circuit (not shown) connected to the four-divided light-receiving element ZD, the intensity of the light received by the four detection areas a, b, c, d is Ia, k, and Id' is the sub-type (7). The focus error i indicated by the calculation is calculated and output to the drive unit not shown. I = (Ia + Ic) - (Ib + Id) (7) Further, in the above-described ideal focus state, since the areas of the beam sections of the four detection areas are equal to each other, the focus error Z = 〇 can be obtained. Further, in the above-described front focus state, a focus error ^ can be obtained according to the equation (7), and in the back focus state, a focus error 〖> can be obtained according to the equation (7). The driving unit (not shown) receives the focus error I from the detecting unit in the focus sensor FS, and drives the sensor body ZH in which the focus sensor FS is housed in the manner of reproducing I = z. Axis direction. By the action of the driving part, the sensor body ZH will follow the z displacement of the measuring object surface s, so that the detecting beam must connect the focus on the measuring object surface s, that is, the sensor body ZH and the measuring object surface. The distance between s is always fixed (maintaining the focus lock state). On the other hand, the drive unit (not shown) can drive the sensor body ZH in the z-axis direction and position the measurement result of the measurement unit ze in accordance with the input signal from the outside of the Z read head 72a. Therefore, the focus of the probe beam LB can also be located at a position different from the position of the face of the actual measurement target surface s. By the operation of the drive unit (scale servo control), it is possible to perform the return processing of the switching of the Z head described later and the avoidance of the output signal abnormality 50 200916979. In the present embodiment, as described above, an encoder is used as the measuring portion ZE, and the Z-displacement of the diffraction grating EG provided in the sensor body ZH is read using the encoder read head eh. The encoder read head EH, since it is a relative position sensor that measures the displacement of the measurement object (diffraction grating EG) from the reference point, its reference point must be determined. In this embodiment, when a positioning pattern for detecting the end portion of the diffraction grating EG or a positioning pattern for the diffraction grating eg is provided, the reference position of the Z displacement can be determined by detecting the positioning pattern (for example, origin). In any case, the reference plane position ' of the target surface S can be determined corresponding to the reference position of the diffraction grating EG, and the Z displacement of the measurement target surface s from the reference plane position, i.e., the position in the z-axis direction, can be measured. Further, when the Z head is started up at the start of the exposure apparatus 100, the setting of the reference position of the diffraction grating EG (e.g., the origin, that is, the reference plane position of the measurement target surface s) is necessarily set. In this case, since the reference position is preferably set near the center of the moving range of the sensor body ZH. Therefore, the driving coil for adjusting the focus position of the optical system can be set to adjust the z position of the objective lens 〇L, so that: the reference plane position corresponding to the reference position near the center and the focus position of the optical system of the focus sensing state FS Consistent. Further, in the measuring unit, when the sensor body ZH is located at the reference position (for example, the origin), the origin detecting signal Z head 2a is generated, and the sensor body ZH and the measuring unit are housed in a housing (not shown). 'The light path length of the portion where the probe beam is exposed to the outside of the housing is also extremely short, so the effect of air shaking is very small. Therefore, the sensor including the Z read head is excellent in measurement stability (short-term stability) in a short period of the second degree of shaking of the 51 200916979, for example, compared with the laser interferometer. The other Z read head has the same configuration and power as the above-described Z read head 72a. As described above, in the present embodiment, the Z read head is similar to the encoder, and the Y scale is viewed from above (+Z direction). 39Y〗, the diffraction grating surface of 39Y2, etc. Therefore, by measuring the positional information of the different positions on the wafer table WTB with a plurality of z read heads, it is possible to measure the position of the wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction f with 0 Υ rotation (rolling) and 0 X rotation. (panning). However, the accuracy of the tilt control of the exposure stage WST is not particularly important, so the position measurement system including the z read head does not measure the pitch, and each z-shell head and wafer table WTB The upper γ scale is 39丫1, 39丫2 in the opposite direction. The "" person describes the detection of position information (surface position information) of the wafer w in the x-axis direction by the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment (hereinafter referred to as focus mapping). When the focus map is entered, the main control unit 20 is as shown in FIG. 10 (Α), and the head 663 (χ linear encoder 70D), which is opposite to the 39X2, and the opposite side of the knife J On the γ scale 39γ丨, the two γ read heads 673 (γ f, 'flat coder 7〇A, 70C) manage the wafer stage WST in the χγ plane, and are placed in the state of FIG. 10(A). The straight line (center line) parallel to the γ axis passing through the wTB center of the wafer table (substantially coincident with the center of the crystal 2 W) is in a state of being aligned with the reference line LV. Here, although not shown, the crystal The + γ side of the round load 曰 WST has a measurement stage, and water is held between the above-mentioned rod 乜 and the wafer table WTB and the projection #墨 I μ ϋτ ν 尤学系统 PL front end lens 191 (refer to Fig. 18). 52 200916979 Then, in this state, the main control unit 2 starts the scanning of the wafer stage WST in the +Y direction (SCAN), and after the start of the scanning, moves to the wafer stage WST in the +γ direction to make the multi-point AF. When the detection beam (detection area AF) of the system (9〇a, 9〇b) starts to be irradiated onto the wafer w, the Z read heads 72a to 72d and the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 90) are used. b) - Actuation (to enable it). Next, in the state where the Z read heads 72a to 72d and the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) are simultaneously operated, as shown in Fig. 10(B), the wafer stage WST During the travel in the + γ direction, the position information (surface position information) of the surface of the wafer table WTB (the surface of the plate body 28) measured by the z read heads 72a to 72d in the Z-axis direction is captured at a predetermined sampling interval, and The position information (surface position information) of the surface of the wafer W in the Z-axis direction of the plurality of detection points detected by the point AF system (9〇a, 9〇b), and the information of each position of the captured surface and each sampling time The three measured values of the γ linear encoders 7A, 70C are assigned to each other and stored in the unillustrated memory one by one. Next, when the detection beam of the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) is not irradiated on the wafer w, the main control device 20, that is, the end of the sampling 'converting the position information of each detection point of the multi-point af system (90a, 90b) into the position information of the Z heads 72a to 72d simultaneously captured as Benchmark data. Further detailed description is based on the average of the measured values of the Z read heads 72a and 72b. The predetermined point on the region of the body 28 near the end of the -X side (the region where the γ scale 3 9Y2 is formed) (for example, the midpoint of the respective measured values of the z read heads 72a, 72b, that is, equivalent to the multipoint AF system (9〇a, 9〇b) The multiple k-measurement points are arranged in substantially the same order on the x-axis. This point is referred to as the face position information in the left 53 200916979 r ^ 1 point Ρ 1). After reading the head center, the average value of the value of the measured value of the Fu's is determined as the predetermined point on the region (10) of the plate body 28 near the end of the +X side (for the area with the target ^39Yl) (for example, the head 72c, 72d) The midpoint of each of the measured values is equivalent to the point on the x-axis which is substantially the same as the arrangement of the plurality of detection points of the multi-point system, and the following point is called the right measurement. The location information in the face. Then, the main control device converts the position of each detection point surface i afl ' of the multi-point AF, system (synthesis) into the position of the left measurement point pi and the right measurement point as shown in Fig. 10(C). P2, the plane position link data 21 to 基准. The above-described conversion/control device 2Q is performed for all data taken at the time of sampling. As described above, by obtaining the above-described conversion data in advance, for example, the main control is set to 20 at the time of exposure, the surface of the wafer table WTB (the point on the region where the γ scale 39γ2 is formed) is measured by the z read head 74丨, %. (The point near the left measurement point 、 and the point on the area where the γ scale 39γι is formed (the point near the right measurement point Ρ2) are calculated to calculate the position of the wafer stage wst (rotation) Then, using the ζ position and the roll amount and the 载 rotation (pitch) amount of the wafer stage WST measured by the Υ interferometer, a predetermined calculation is performed to calculate the center of the exposure area wa (exposure center). The position of the wafer WTB surface is %), the amount of roll 〇, and the amount of pitch θ χ 'based on this calculation result', the exposure of the surface position connecting the left measurement point ρι and the surface position of the right measurement point P2 is obtained. The straight line of the center, by using the line and surface position data zl~zk, can perform the surface position on the wafer w without actually obtaining the surface position information of the surface of the wafer w. 200916979 Control (focus leveling control) Therefore, because Since the multi-point AF system is disposed at a position away from the projection optical system PL without any problem, the focus map of the present embodiment can be suitably applied even in an exposure apparatus having a small working distance or the like. The surface position of the left measurement point and the right measurement point P2 are calculated from the average of the measured values of the z read heads 72a, 72b, and the average of the 7 # 5S ^ , τ ® Ζ β sell heads 72c, 72d, respectively. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the surface position information in each of the detection points of the r 2 multiple 2 AF system (9〇a, 9〇b) may be converted into a surface position measured by, for example, the Z read heads 72a and 72e. The straight line is the reference surface position f. In this case, the difference between the measured value of the Z read head 72a and the measured value of the z read head... obtained at each sampling time point and the measured value of the z read head 72c can be separately determined. The difference between the measured value and the z read head 72d. Next, when the surface position control is performed during exposure or the like, the surface of the wafer table WTB is measured by the z read heads 741 and 76 to calculate the Z position and the turn of the wafer stage WST. 'Well by using this calculated value, the crystal WST is measured by the gamma interferometer 16... By performing the predetermined calculation on the difference between the surface position data zi to zk and 7 , the position control of the wafer w can be performed without actually obtaining the position information of the wafer surface. However, the above description is The wafer table WTB is premised on the unevenness. The surface is not in the X-axis direction. The focus correction is performed. The focus correction refers to the following two sides: the side end: the round table WTB in a reference state x Axis direction - side and side plate 30 The relationship between the detection results in the detection point (surface position information) of the measurement surface of the Behce multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) 55 200916979 This is only the first half of the processing), and In the same manner as the above-described reference state, the wafer platform 8 corresponding to the optimum focus position of the projection optical system PL detected by the space image measuring device 45 is obtained in the x-axis direction side and the other J end portion. Processing of position information (half processing after focus correction) 'Based on the results of these processings, the offset in the representative detection point of the multi-point AF system (9〇a, Na), that is, the best focus of the projection optical system Position and multi-point AF The processing of the deviation of the origin is detected. f When performing focus correction, the main control unit 20 is as shown in Fig. 11(A), based on the X head 662 (x linear encoder 7〇〇) opposite to the X-foot 39X2, and the Y scale 39Υ, respectively. The two gamma read heads 682, 673 (γ linear encoder 70FB 70E!) are positioned to manage the position of the wafer stage WST in the χ γ plane. The state of Fig. 1 1 (Α) is substantially the same as the state of the aforementioned figure. However, in the state shown in Fig. 1, the wafer stage WST is located at a position where the detection beam from the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) is irradiated onto the measuring plate 30 in the Y-axis direction. C, .i (a) In this state, the main control unit 20 performs the first half of the focus correction as described below. In other words, the main control unit 2 detects the surface position information of the wafer table WTB detected by the Z heads 72a, 72b, 72c, and 72d on the X-axis direction side and the other side end portion. The face position information is the reference 'Using the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) to detect the surface position information of the surface of the aforementioned measuring plate 3 (refer to FIG. 3). Thereby, the center line of the wafer table WTB is obtained—the measured value of the Z read heads 72a, 72b, 72c, and 72d in the state of the reference line LV (the wafer table WTB is on the X-axis side and the other side). The position information of the end face) and the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) check the surface of the measuring plate 56. 200916979 Measuring point (the relationship between the detection results (surface position information) at or near the center of the plurality of detection points #叫(b) Next, the main control unit 20 moves the wafer stage wst to a predetermined distance by +γ, and arranges it on the measuring plate 3〇 in the projection optical system pL; the position near the end stops the wafer stage WST. Next, the main control device performs the second half of the focus correction as described below. That is, the 20 series is as shown in Fig. U(B), and the above-mentioned system is connected to the top of the t-focus. The surface position information measured by the z heads 72a to 72d is used as a reference, and the space measurement device is used while controlling the position (9) of the measurement plate 30 (wafer stage WST) in the optical axis direction of the projection optical system pL. Scanning in the z direction, as disclosed in the publication No. 2005/124834, et al. R or sheet is formed in a space measuring mark of the marking plate (not shown) on the reticle stage RST image, and determining the best focus position of projection optical system aperture based on the result. The main control device 2' is synchronized with the action of extracting the round-out signal from the aerial image measuring device 45 in the z-direction scanning measurement, and is used to measure the wafer table WTB in the x-axis direction - side and another One of the surface position information of the side end portion is a measured value of the head Mr 76s. Next, the values of the heads % and 763 corresponding to the optimum focus position of the projection optical system PL are stored in a memory (not shown). Further, in the half processing after the focus correction, the position of the measuring plate 30 (wafer stage WST) in the axial direction of the projection optical system ph is controlled based on the surface position information measured by the scanning heads 72a to 72d. £ (Z position), so the half-processing after the focus correction is performed on the way of the focus map. At this time, as shown in FIG. U(B), since the liquid immersion area 14 is formed between the projection optical system PL and the measurement board 30 (wafer table WTB), the measurement of the above-mentioned inter-image is transmitted through the projection. The optical system PL and the water Lq are performed. In addition, in FIG. 11(B), the illustration is omitted, but the measuring plate % of the space image measuring device 45 is mounted on the wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB), and the light receiving element or the like is mounted on the measurement stage MST. Therefore, the above-described measurement of the aerial image is performed while the wafer stage WST is in contact with the measurement stage MST (or the approach state) (refer to FIG. 20). (c) Thereby, the main control device 20 is based on the measured values of the Z read heads 72a, 72b, 72c, 72d obtained in the previous half of the focus correction (a) (the wafer table WTB is on the X axis) The relationship between the surface position information of the side of the direction and the other end, the relationship between the detection result (surface position information) of the detection point on the surface of the measuring board 30 by the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 90b), and the above ( b) the measured value of the Z read heads 743, 763 corresponding to the best focus position of the projection optical system pL obtained in the half process after the focus correction (that is, the wafer table WTB is on the X-axis side and the other The surface position information of the one end end is obtained, and the offset in the representative detection point of the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b), that is, the optimal focus position of the projection optical system and the detection origin of the multi-point AF system are obtained. deviation. In the present embodiment, the representative detection point is, for example, a detection point located at or near the center among a plurality of detection points, but the number and/or position thereof may be arbitrary. In this case, the main control unit 20 performs adjustment of the detection origin of the multipoint AF system so that the offset of the representative detection point becomes zero. This adjustment can be performed optically, for example, by adjusting the angle of a parallel flat plate (not shown) inside the Aiguang system 90b, or the detection bias can be adjusted electrically. Alternatively, the adjustment of the origin may not be performed, but the offset is first stored. Here, 58 200916979 performs the adjustment of the detection origin by the above optical method. Thereby, the focus correction of the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 90b) ends. In addition, the adjustment of the optical detection origin is difficult to set the offset to zero at all remaining detection points other than the detection point. Therefore, it is preferable that the remaining detection points first store the optically adjusted offset. Next, 'the offset correction of the detection value between the plurality of light-receiving elements (sensors) corresponding to the plurality of detection points of the multi-point AF system (9〇a, 90b) will be described (hereinafter, referred to as AF sensing). Inter-machine offset correction). When performing the offset correction between the AF sensors, the main control unit 2 is configured to irradiate the detection beam from the illumination system 9〇a of the multi-point AF system (90a, 9〇b) as shown in Fig. U(A). The Fd rod 46 having a predetermined reference plane is extracted from the output signal of the light receiving system 90b from the multipoint AF system (90a, 90b) which has received reflected light reflected from the surface (reference plane) of the fd rod 46. In this case, the surface of the FD rod 46 is set to be parallel to the Χ γ plane, and the main control device 20 obtains the output signal according to the above method, and finds I in the light receiving system 90b corresponding to the plurality of detection points. The relationship between the detected values (measured values) of the plurality of senses, and the relationship is stored in the memory, and the offset correction between the AF sensors is performed by electrically adjusting the detection bias of each sensor to make all The detected value of the sensor becomes, for example, the same value as the detected value of the sensor corresponding to the representative detection point at the time of the focus correction. However, in the present embodiment, when the output signal from the light receiving system 90b of the multipoint AF system (9〇a, 9〇b) is extracted, since the main control device 2 is not used as shown in Fig. 12(A), The z-read heads 744, 745, 76b 762 detect the inclination of the surface of the FD rod 46, so it is not necessary to set the surface of the FD rod 46 to be parallel with the surface of the φ rod 59 200916979. That is, as shown schematically in Fig. 12(B), the detected values of the respective detection points are the values indicated by the arrows in the figure, as long as the line connecting the upper ends of the detected values has the unevenness shown by the dotted line in the figure. That is, each detection value is adjusted so that the line connecting the upper ends of the detection values is shown by the solid line in the figure. Next, a parallel processing operation using the wafer stage WST and the measurement stage in the exposure apparatus 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 23. Further, in the following operation, the main control unit 20 is transmitted through the main control unit 20 in the above-described manner. Liquid supply device 5 and liquid recovery device 6 of liquid immersion device 8
之=闕的開關控制’藉以隨時將水充滿於投影光學系統PL ^月"而透鏡191之射出面側。以下為了使說明易於理解, 省略與液體供應裝置5及液體回收裝置6之控制相關的說 月又之後之動作說明雖會利用到多數圖式,但於各圖 式中有牯會對同一構件賦予符號,有時則不會賦予。亦即 各圖式所3己載之符號雖相異,但不論該等圖式中有無符 號,均為同一構成。此點與截至目前為止之說明中所使用 之各圖式亦相同。 圖1 3,係顯示對晶圓載台WST上所裝載之晶圓w進 订步進掃描方式之曝光的狀態。此曝光,係根據開始前進 行之日日圓對準(EGA,Enhanced Global Alignment,加強型全 晶圓對準)蓉:j- ^ 、、、°果’反覆進行照射區域間移動動作(使晶圓The switch control of the 阙 阙 is to fill the projection optical system PL ^ month " at any time with the exit surface side of the lens 191. Hereinafter, in order to make the description easy to understand, the explanation of the operation of the liquid supply device 5 and the liquid recovery device 6 for the month after and after the operation is used for most of the drawings, but in the respective drawings, the same member is given Symbols are sometimes not given. That is to say, the symbols contained in each of the drawings are different, but the same configuration is used regardless of whether or not there are symbols in the drawings. This point is also the same as the ones used in the description so far. Fig. 13 shows a state in which the exposure of the wafer w loaded on the wafer stage WST is subjected to the step-and-scan method. This exposure is based on the day-to-day alignment of the day (EGA, Enhanced Global Alignment, reinforced, full-wafer alignment): j-^, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
載口 WST在用以使晶圓w上之各照射區域曝光的掃描開始 位置(加速開始位置)移動)與掃描曝光動作(以掃描曝光方式 胃m區域轉印形成於標線片r的圖案),藉此來進行。 又曝光係依位於晶圓W上之_γ側之照射區域至位於+ Y 60 200916979 側之照射區域的順序來進行。此外,係在將液浸區域14形 成於投影單元PU與晶圓W間的狀態下進行。 上述曝光中’係藉由主控制裝置20,晶圓載台WST(晶 圓台WTB)在χγ平面内的位置(包含β z方向旋轉),係根 據兩個編碼器70Α,70C、以及兩個X編碼器70Β,70D之一 方的合計三個編碼器之測量結果來控制。此處,兩個χ編 碼器70Β,70D,係由Χ標尺39Xl,39Χζ之所分別對向之兩 個X讀頭66構成,兩個γ編碼器7〇A,7〇c,係由γ標尺 39Υι,39Υ2之所分別對向之兩個γ讀頭65, 64構成。又, 晶圓载台WST之Ζ位置與方向之旋轉(橫搖),係根據 分別對向於晶圓台WTB表面之χ軸方向一側與另一側端部 ^分別屬於讀頭單元62C,似之2讀頭%,%丨之測量值 ^空制。晶圓載台W S Τ之θ χ旋轉(縱搖),係根據γ干涉 個、U之則1值來控制。此外,當包含ζ讀頭74i,76.之三 二上向於晶圓台WTB之第2撥水板28:的: 夺亦可根據Ζ讀頭74i,76i及其他一個2讀 值’來控制晶圓载台WST扃7缸士上 置 搖)、以及“旋轉(縱搖)I 置、旋轉(橫 軸方 轉(縱搖)。無為如何’晶圓載台WSM ζ 制(亦即晶圓w”…二及方向之旋轉之控 映射之結果來進行 ),絲據事料行之聚焦 圖1 3所不之晶圓載台WST之 中以圓圈框住所示)對 ⑶碩665(圖The carrier WST is moved at a scanning start position (acceleration start position) for exposing each of the irradiation regions on the wafer w, and a scanning exposure operation (a pattern formed by the scanning exposure type stomach m region is formed on the reticle r) , by doing this. Further, the exposure is performed in the order of the irradiation region on the _γ side on the wafer W to the irradiation region on the side of + Y 60 200916979. Further, the liquid immersion area 14 is formed in a state of being formed between the projection unit PU and the wafer W. In the above exposure, the position of the wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) in the χγ plane (including the rotation in the β z direction) by the main control device 20 is based on two encoders 70Α, 70C, and two Xs. The encoder 70Β, 70D is controlled by a total of three encoders. Here, the two χ encoders 70Β, 70D are composed of two X-read heads 66 which are respectively opposed by the Χ scale 39X1, 39Χζ, and two γ encoders 7〇A, 7〇c, which are γ scales. 39Υι, 39Υ2 are formed by the two gamma read heads 65, 64 respectively. Further, the rotation (shake) of the position and the direction of the wafer stage WST belongs to the head unit 62C according to the side of the x-axis direction and the other end portion of the wafer table WTB, respectively. Like 2 read head %, % 丨 measured value ^ empty system. The θ χ rotation (pitch) of the wafer stage W S 控制 is controlled according to the value of γ interference and U. In addition, when the third water deflector 28 including the read head 74i, 76. is directed to the wafer table WTB: the capture can also be controlled according to the read heads 74i, 76i and another 2 read value ' Wafer stage WST扃7 cylinders are shaken), and “rotation (pitch) I set, rotation (horizontal axis rotation (pitch). Nothing how to 'wafer stage WSM control' (ie wafer w "...the result of the control mapping of the rotation of the direction and the direction of the direction", according to the focus of the matter, Figure 1 3 shows the wafer stage WST in the circle, as shown by the circle) (3) Shuo 665 (Figure
襟尺外乂2之% 、軚尺39Χι,但無對向於X 3賣頭66。因此,主控制裝置20係使用—個 61 200916979 X編碼器70Β與兩個丫編碼器7QA,7() 之位置(X,y,θζ)控制。此處,當 日圓載台WST你m 1 ) 所示之位置往-Y方向移動時,χ讀 " ^ 碩 665 從 X 標尺 39\脫 離(變成不對向)’取而代之地乂讀頭6 圈框住所示)對向於X標尺39χ 以虛線圓 ^λ2因此,主控制裝置20 , 係切換成使用-個X編碼器與兩個γ編碼器70A則 之晶圓載台WST之位置(Χ,γ,0ζ)控制。 , ί襟2 % 乂 之 乂 Χ Χ Χ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Therefore, the main control unit 20 is controlled using a 61 200916979 X encoder 70 Β and the positions (X, y, θ ζ) of the two 丫 encoders 7QA, 7(). Here, when the position of the yen table WST you m 1 ) moves in the -Y direction, read " ^ 665 from the X ruler 39\ detached (becomes opposite) 'replaces the head 6 circle frame residence The opposite direction of the X scale 39χ is a dotted circle ^λ2. Therefore, the main control unit 20 switches to the position of the wafer stage WST using the X encoder and the two γ encoders 70A (Χ, γ, 0ζ). )control. , ί
當晶圓載台WST位於圖13所示之位置時,ζ讀頭%, 763(圖13中以圓圈框住所示)分別對向於γ桿尺Μγ, 抓丨。因此,主控制裝置20係使用ζ讀頭A,:執行: 圓載台術之位置(Ζ, ΘΥ)控制。此處,當晶圓載台術 從圖13所示之位置往+ X方向移動時,z讀帛%,%從 對應之γ標尺脫離,取而代之地,z讀頭76<圖13 _ 以虛線圓圈框住所示)對向於Y標尺39Υ2, 39Υι。因此主 控制裝置20,係切換成使用Ζ讀頭744, 764之晶圓載台WST 之位置(Z,0 y)控制。 如上所述,主控制裝置20,係根據晶圓載台WST之位 置座標不停地切換所使用之編碼器與z讀頭,以執行晶圓 載台WST之位置控制。 此外,與使用上述測量器系統之晶圓載台WST之位置 測量獨立地,隨時進行使用干涉儀系統118之晶圓載台WST 之位置(X, Υ,Ζ,Θχ, 0y,6>z)測量。此處,使用構成干 涉儀系統118之X干涉儀126,127,或128測量晶圓載台 WST之X位置及0 ζ旋轉(偏搖),使用γ干涉儀i 6測量γ 62 200916979 位置、6> χ旋轉、以及0 z旋轉,使用Z干涉儀43A,43B(圖 13中未圖示’參照圖1或2)測量Y位置、Z位置、0 y旋 轉、以及0 z旋轉。X干涉儀126, 172,以及128,係根據 晶圓載台WST之Y位置使用其中任一個。在曝光中,如 圖13所示係使用X干涉儀126。干涉儀系統118之測量結 果’除了縱搖(Θ X旋轉)以外,係輔助性地或在後述後備時、 或無法進行編碼器系統150之測量時等,利用於晶圓載台 WST之位置控制。 在晶圓W之曝光結束後,主控制裝置20係將晶圓載台 WST往卸載位置up驅動。此時,在曝光中彼此分離之晶圓 載台WST與測量載台MST可接觸或接近至隔著3〇〇/zm& 右之分離距離,而移行至近接狀態。此處,測量台MTB上 之FD桿46之-γ側面與晶圓台WTB之+ γ側面係接觸或 接近。保持此近接狀態藉由使兩載台WST, MST往-Y方向 移動,使形成於投影單元pu下之液浸區域14移動至測量 載台MST上。例如圖14、圖15係顯示移動後之狀態。 曰曰圓載台WST,在開始朝向卸載位置up之驅動後,進When the wafer stage WST is located at the position shown in FIG. 13, the heads %, 763 (shown by circles in FIG. 13) are respectively opposed to the γ-rod Μ γ. Therefore, the main control unit 20 uses the head A, and executes: the position (Ζ, ΘΥ) control of the round stage. Here, when the wafer stage moves from the position shown in FIG. 13 to the +X direction, z reads 帛%, % is detached from the corresponding γ scale, and instead, the z read head 76<Fig. 13 _ is circled by a dotted circle Live as shown) opposite Y scale 39Υ2, 39Υι. Therefore, the main control unit 20 is switched to be controlled by the position (Z, 0 y) of the wafer stage WST of the read heads 744, 764. As described above, the main control unit 20 constantly switches the encoder and the z-head used in accordance with the position coordinates of the wafer stage WST to perform position control of the wafer stage WST. Further, the position (X, Υ, Ζ, Θχ, 0y, 6 > z) of the wafer stage WST using the interferometer system 118 is measured at any time independently of the position measurement of the wafer stage WST using the above-described measuring device system. Here, the X position of the wafer stage WST and the 0 ζ rotation (biasing) are measured using the X interferometer 126, 127, or 128 constituting the interferometer system 118, and the γ 62 200916979 position is measured using the γ interferometer i 6 , 6 > χ rotation, and 0 z rotation, the Y position, the Z position, the 0 y rotation, and the 0 z rotation are measured using the Z interferometers 43A, 43B (see FIG. 1 or 2, not shown in FIG. 13). The X interferometers 126, 172, and 128 use either one depending on the Y position of the wafer stage WST. In the exposure, the X interferometer 126 is used as shown in FIG. The measurement result of the interferometer system 118 is used for position control of the wafer stage WST in addition to the pitch (Θ X rotation), auxiliary or when it is described later, or when the encoder system 150 cannot be measured. After the exposure of the wafer W is completed, the main control unit 20 drives the wafer stage WST up to the unloading position. At this time, the wafer stage WST separated from each other in the exposure can be brought into contact with or close to the separation distance of 3 〇〇 / zm & right, and moved to the proximity state. Here, the -γ side of the FD rod 46 on the measuring stage MTB is in contact with or close to the + γ side of the wafer table WTB. By maintaining the close contact state, the two stages WST, MST are moved in the -Y direction, and the liquid immersion area 14 formed under the projection unit pu is moved to the measurement stage MST. For example, Fig. 14 and Fig. 15 show the state after the movement. The round table WST is driven by the drive to the unloading position up.
.,双勒枉跑埤(晶圓載台WST在曝 之區域)脫離時,構成編碼器7〇A〜. When the double smashing shovel (wafer stage WST in the exposed area) is detached, it constitutes the encoder 7〇A~
又尸/T有Z讀頭,即從晶圓 無法進行根據編碼器70A 罝箱禾的晶圓載台WST之位置控 制裝置20,係切換至根據干涉儀系 圓載台WST之位置控制。此處。係 63 200916979 使用三個X干涉儀126, 127, 128中之χ干涉儀128。 其後,晶圓載台WST解除與測量載台MST之近接狀 態,如圖14所示移動至卸載位置up。移動後,主控制裝置 20即卸載晶圓台WTB上之晶圓W。接著,主控制裝置2〇 係將晶圓載台WST往+ X方向驅動而使其移動至裝載位置 LP,而如圖15所示,將次一晶圓w裝載至晶圓台wtb上。 與此等動作並行地,主控制裝置20即執行 厂 Sec-BCHK(第二次基線檢查),該Sec-BCHK係進行測量載 台MST所支撐之FD桿46在χγ平面内之位置調整、以及 四個二次對準系統AL21〜AL24之基線測量。Sec-BCHK係 在母次更換晶圓時依時距進行。此處,為了測量χγ平面内 之位置(0 ζ旋轉)係使用前述γ編碼器7〇ε2,7〇1?2。 其次’主控制裝置20如圖16所示,驅動晶圓載台WST 使測量板30上之基準標記fm定位於一次對準系統AL1之 檢測視野内’以進行用以決定對準系統AL2丨〜AL24之基線 測量之基準位置之Pri-BCHK(第一基線檢查)的前半處理。 此時,如圖16所示,兩個γ讀頭682, 673與一個X讀 頭66i(圖中圓圈框住所示)分別對向於X標尺39Υι,39γ2與 X標尺39X2。因此,主控制裝置2〇,係從干涉儀系統u 8 切換至使用編碼器系統150(編碼器70A,70C,70D)之載台 控制。干涉儀系統118係除了 θ X旋轉之測量外再度輔助性 地使用。此外’係使用三個X干涉儀126,127,128中之X 干涉儀127。 其次,主控制裝置20根據上述三個編碼器之測量值, 64 200916979 一邊管理晶圓載台WST之位置,一邊開始晶圓載台wst 朝向檢測對準標記(附設於三個一次對準照射區域)之位置 的+ γ方向移動。 接著,當晶圓載台WST到達圖17所示之位置時,主 控制裝置20即使晶圓载台WST停止。在此之前,主控制 裝置20會在z讀頭72a〜72d全部或一部分與晶圓台wtb 對向之時點或在此之前之時點作動該等z讀頭7h〜 fFurther, the corpse/T has a Z read head, that is, the position control device 20 from which the wafer stage WST of the encoder 70A cannot be carried out from the wafer is switched to the position control according to the interferometer system stage WST. Here. Department 63 200916979 The interferometer 128 is used in three X interferometers 126, 127, 128. Thereafter, the wafer stage WST is released from the proximity of the measurement stage MST, and is moved to the unloading position up as shown in Fig. 14. After the movement, the main control unit 20 unloads the wafer W on the wafer table WTB. Next, the main control unit 2 drives the wafer stage WST in the +X direction to move to the loading position LP, and as shown in Fig. 15, loads the next wafer w onto the wafer table wtb. In parallel with these actions, the main control unit 20 is the execution plant Sec-BCHK (Second Baseline Inspection), which performs position adjustment of the FD rod 46 supported by the measurement stage MST in the χγ plane, and Baseline measurement of four secondary alignment systems AL21 to AL24. Sec-BCHK is based on the time interval when the wafer is replaced by the mother. Here, in order to measure the position (0 ζ rotation) in the χ γ plane, the aforementioned γ encoder 7 〇 ε 2, 7 〇 1 2 2 is used. Next, as shown in FIG. 16, the main control unit 20 drives the wafer stage WST to position the reference mark fm on the measuring board 30 in the detection field of the primary alignment system AL1 to determine the alignment system AL2丨AL24. The first half of the Pri-BCHK (first baseline check) of the baseline position of the baseline measurement. At this time, as shown in Fig. 16, the two gamma read heads 682, 673 and an X read head 66i (shown by the circle in the figure) are respectively opposed to the X scale 39Υ, 39γ2 and the X scale 39X2. Therefore, the main control unit 2 switches from the interferometer system u 8 to the stage control using the encoder system 150 (encoders 70A, 70C, 70D). The interferometer system 118 is again used in addition to the measurement of the θ X rotation. In addition, the X interferometer 127 of the three X interferometers 126, 127, 128 is used. Next, the main control unit 20 starts the wafer stage wst orientation detection alignment mark (attached to the three primary alignment illumination areas) while managing the position of the wafer stage WST based on the measured values of the three encoders. The + γ direction of the position moves. Next, when the wafer stage WST reaches the position shown in Fig. 17, the main control unit 20 stops even if the wafer stage WST. Prior to this, the main control unit 20 activates the z read heads 7h to f at the point in time when the z read heads 72a to 72d are all or part opposite to the wafer table wtb or before.
(使其啟動),以開始晶圓載台WST《z位置及傾斜 旋轉)的測量。 在晶圓載台WST停止後,主控制裝置20即使用一次 1準系先AL 1,一次對準系統AL22,AL2〗大致同時且個別 檢測出附設於三個-次對準照射區域As之對準標記(參照 圖17中之星標記),再將上述三個對準系统AW,A% AL23之檢測結果與進行該檢測時之上述三個編碼器的測量 值以彼此相關聯之方式儲㈣未圖示記憶體。 :上所述,本實施形態中’在檢測一次對準照射區域(Make it activated) to start the measurement of the wafer stage WST "z position and tilt rotation". After the wafer stage WST is stopped, the main control unit 20 uses the primary 1 first AL 1 and the primary alignment system AL22, and the AL2 is substantially simultaneously and individually detected to be aligned with the three-aligned illumination area As. Mark (refer to the star mark in Fig. 17), and then store the detection results of the above three alignment systems AW, A% AL23 and the measured values of the above three encoders when the detection is performed in association with each other (4) Graphic memory. : As described above, in the present embodiment, 'detecting an alignment illumination area once
之對準標記之位置,έ士击τζ S 、、° 仃至測量載台MST與晶圓載台 WST成為接觸狀態(或接 姑罢1 “^接近狀恶)的動作。接著,藉由主控制 =,開始在該接觸狀態(或接近狀態)下之兩載 MST從上述位置往+ γ方 設於五個二次對準照射區域之對二:進移動向用以檢測附 台W往+ Y方向之移=記的位置)。在該兩載 係如圖η所示開始從多點AF /始之I’主控制裝置20 〇%將檢測光束對晶圓台WTB昭系广a,9°b)之照射系統 …、射。藉此於晶圓台WTB上 65 200916979 形成多點af系統的檢測區域β 接著,在上述兩載台WST,MST往+ γ方向之移動 當兩载台WST,MST到達圖18所示之位置時,主控’ 20即進行前述聚焦校正的前半處理,求出在晶圓台物' 中心線與基準軸LV -致的狀態下,z讀頭72a,72b仏 之測量值(晶圓台WTB在χ軸方向—側與另—側端部2 面位置資訊)、以及多點AF系統(9〇a,對測量板3〇表面 之檢測結果(面位置資訊)的關係。此時,液浸區域Η 成於FD桿46上面。 、 ^接著,使兩載台WST,MST在保持接觸狀態(或接近狀 悲)之狀態下往+ γ方向更進一步移動,而到達圖19所示之 位置時。此處,主控制裝置20得'使用五個對準系統AL1, AL21〜AL24大致同時且個別檢測出附設於五個二次對準昭 射區域之對準標記(參照圖19中之星標記),再將上述五= ,準系,統AL1,ΑΙ^^ΑΙ^之檢測結果、以及進行用以測 量該檢測時之晶圓載台WST在XY平面内之位置之三個編 碼器70A,70C,70D的測量值以彼此相關聯之方式儲存於未 圖不a己憶體(或記憶體34)。此時,主控制裝置2〇係根據與 X挞尺39X2對向之χ讀頭662(χ線性編碼器7〇d)及γ線性 編碼器yOFh 70E]的測量值來控制晶圓載台WST在Χγ平 面内的位置。 又,主控制裝置20,在結束上述附設於五個二次對準 照射區域之對準標記的同時檢測動作後,即再度開始在接 觸狀態(或接近狀態)下之兩載台WST,MST往+ γ方向的移 66 200916979 動,同時如圖19所示,使用z讀頭72a〜72d與多點af 系統(90a,90b)開始前述之聚焦映射。 接著,當兩载台WST,MST到達圖2〇所示測量板3〇 配置於投影光學系統pL下方近處的位置時,主控制裝置 並不將用於晶圓載台WST在投影光學系統pL之光軸方向 之位置(z位置)控制的z讀頭切換至z讀頭7轧%』,而係 在持續以Z讀頭72a〜72d所測量之面位置資訊為基準之、 fAt the position of the alignment mark, the gentleman hits τζ S , and ° 仃 until the measurement stage MST and the wafer stage WST become in contact (or take the "1" close to the evil). Then, by the main control =, the two MSTs starting at the contact state (or close to the state) are set from the above position to the + γ side to the pair of five secondary alignment illumination areas: the forward movement direction is used to detect the attachment stage W to +Y The direction shift = the position of the record. In the two-load system, as shown in Figure η, starting from the multi-point AF / I'm the main control device 20 〇% will detect the beam to the wafer table WTB wide a, 9 ° b) The illumination system ..., the shot. The detection area β of the multi-point af system is formed on the wafer table WTB 65 200916979. Then, in the two stages WST, the MST moves in the + γ direction as the two stages WST, When the MST reaches the position shown in Fig. 18, the master '20 performs the first half of the focus correction described above, and finds that the z read head 72a, 72b is in the state where the center line of the wafer object is LV-induced. The measured values (wafer table WTB in the direction of the x-axis - side and the other - side end 2 position information), and multi-point AF system (9〇a, test The relationship between the detection results of the surface of the plate 3 (surface position information). At this time, the liquid immersion area is formed on the FD rod 46. Then, the two stages WST, MST are kept in contact (or close to the sadness). In the state, it moves further in the +γ direction and reaches the position shown in Fig. 19. Here, the main control device 20 has 'used five alignment systems AL1, AL21 to AL24 substantially simultaneously and individually detected attached to five Alignment marks of the secondary alignment of the illuminating area (refer to the star mark in FIG. 19), and then the detection results of the above five =, the quasi-system, the AL1, the ΑΙ^^ΑΙ^, and the measurement for measuring the detection At this time, the measured values of the three encoders 70A, 70C, 70D at the position of the wafer stage WST in the XY plane are stored in association with each other in a manner not associated with the memory (or memory 34). The main control unit 2 controls the wafer stage WST in the Χγ plane according to the measured values of the head 662 (χ linear encoder 7〇d) and the γ linear encoder yOFh 70E] which are opposite to the X scale 39X2. Further, the main control device 20 ends the above-mentioned five secondary alignment irradiation areas After the simultaneous detection of the alignment marks of the domain, the two stages WST in the contact state (or close state) are again started, and the MST moves to the + γ direction 66 200916979, and as shown in FIG. 19, the z reading is used. The heads 72a to 72d and the multipoint af system (90a, 90b) start the aforementioned focus mapping. Next, when the two stages WST, MST reach the measurement board 3 shown in Fig. 2A, the position is placed near the lower side of the projection optical system pL. At this time, the main control device does not switch the z read head for controlling the position (z position) of the wafer stage WST in the optical axis direction of the projection optical system pL to the z read head 7 rolling %", and continues to Z The position information of the face measured by the read heads 72a to 72d is the reference, f
晶圓載台WST(測量板30)之z位置控制的狀態下,進行前 述聚焦校正後半的處理。 一接著,主控制裝置2〇根據上述聚焦校正前半處理及後 半處理的結果,依前述步驟求出多點AF系統(_,㈣之 代表檢測點之偏置,並儲存於未圖示記憶體。接著,主控 制裝置20在曝光時,讀出自聚焦映射之結果得出之映射資 訊時,係於該映射資訊加算偏置量。 ' 此外’在此圖20之狀態下,仍持續執行前述聚焦映射。 藉由使在上述接觸狀態(或接近狀態)下之兩載台WST, ^ Y方向移動,而使晶圓載台WST到達圖21所示 之位置時’主控制裝置2〇即使晶圓載台贈停止在該位 置,且使測量載台MST持續往+ γ方向移動。接著/ 制裝置使用五個對準系統al1,AL2i〜AL24A : 個別檢測出附設於五個三次對準照射區域之對準標記(參照 圖21中之星標記),並將上述五個對準系統AL1, AL2i〜 、4/之檢測,,Ό果與進行該檢測時之上述三個編碼^的測量 值以彼此相關聯之方式儲存於内部記憶體。此時,亦持續 67 200916979 進行聚焦映射。 另一方面,從上述晶圓載台WST之停止起經過既定時 間後,測量载台MST與晶圓載台WST係從接觸(或接近狀 態)移行至分離狀態《在移行至此分離狀態後,主控制裝置 即使測量载纟MS 丁料曝光開始待機位置(係在該處待 機至曝光開始為止)時即停在該位置。 -人,主控制裝置2〇開始使晶圓載台WST往+ γ方向 移動向附設於前述三個四次對準照射區域之對準標記的檢 測位置。此時仍持續進行聚焦映射。另一方面,測量載台 MST係在上述曝光開始待機位置待機中。 接著’當晶圓載台WST到達圖22所示之位置時,主 ^制裝置20即立即使晶圓載台麟停止,且使用一次對 ..A對準系統AL22,AL23大致同時且個別檢 晶圓〜上三個四次對準照射區域之對準標記(參 :22中之星標記),並將上述三個對準系統AL1,似, 3之檢測結果與進行該檢測時之上述四個編碼器中至少 :: 編:=測量值以彼此相關聯之方式健存於未圖示記 持續在上述暖^亦持續進订聚焦映射’測量载台MST則係 使用以J^ 始待機位置待機。接著,主控制裝置20 使用以上述方式獲得之合計 所對應之編碼器的測量值,透過心對卓^己之檢測結果與 Μ明“ ή 過例如_專利第4,780,617 JU °月曰等所揭不之統計運算,篡屮μ、+、 之編碼器 70B. 70D 7〇E 7 B % ^ 150 系統(以-次對料^ 4軸所規定之對準座標 準系統AL1之檢測中心為原點的XY座標系 68 200916979 統)上晶圓W上之所古03 6_L I- 斤有“、、射區域的排列資訊(座標值)。In the state where the z position of the wafer stage WST (measurement plate 30) is controlled, the latter half of the focus correction is performed. Then, based on the results of the first half of the focus correction and the second half of the processing, the main control unit 2 obtains the offset of the representative detection point of the multipoint AF system (_, (4) according to the above procedure, and stores it in the memory not shown. Then, when the main control device 20 reads the mapping information obtained from the result of the focus mapping during the exposure, the offset amount is added to the mapping information. In addition, in the state of FIG. 20, the foregoing focus mapping is continuously performed. By moving the two stages WST, ^Y in the above contact state (or near state), the wafer stage WST is brought to the position shown in Fig. 21, 'the main control unit 2 〇 even if the wafer is carried Stop at this position and move the measurement stage MST continuously to the + γ direction. Next, the device uses five alignment systems al1, AL2i to AL24A: individually detect the alignment marks attached to the five cubic alignment illumination areas. (Refer to the star mark in Fig. 21), and the detection of the above five alignment systems AL1, AL2i~, 4/, and the results of the above three codes when the detection is performed are associated with each other. Way to store inside At the same time, focus mapping is continued for 67 200916979. On the other hand, after a predetermined time elapses from the stop of the wafer stage WST, the measurement stage MST and the wafer stage WST are in contact (or close to each other). Move to the disengaged state "After moving to this separated state, the main control device stops at this position even if it measures the exposure position of the MS dosing exposure (where it stands by until the start of exposure). - Person, main control device 2〇 starts moving the wafer stage WST in the +γ direction to the detection position of the alignment mark attached to the three quadruple alignment illumination areas. At this time, the focus mapping is continued. On the other hand, the measurement stage MST system In the above-mentioned exposure start standby position standby. Next, when the wafer stage WST reaches the position shown in FIG. 22, the main control unit 20 immediately stops the wafer carrier, and uses the one-time alignment..A alignment system AL22. , AL23 roughly simultaneously and individually check the wafer ~ the last three times alignment alignment of the illumination area (see: star mark in 22), and the above three alignment system AL1, like, 3 detection knot And at least: among the above four encoders when performing the detection:: The measured values are stored in association with each other in the manner of being associated with each other. The above-mentioned warming is also continued to focus on the focus map 'measurement stage MST. Then, the main control device 20 uses the measured value of the encoder corresponding to the total obtained in the above manner, and passes through the heart to test the result and the description of the test. Patent No. 4,780,617, JU °, 曰, etc. Uncounted statistical operations, 篡屮μ, +, encoder 70B. 70D 7〇E 7 B % ^ 150 system (with the alignment of the secondary material ^ 4 axis) The detection center of the standard system AL1 is the XY coordinate system of the origin 68 200916979. The upper part of the wafer W is 03 6_L I- jin has the arrangement information (coordinate value) of the area.
'、人主控制裝置2G —邊再度使晶圓載台WST往+ Y', human master control device 2G - side again to the wafer stage WST to + Y
方向移動’一邊持續進行聚焦映射。接著,當來自多點AF 糸統(90a,90b)之檢測光束自晶圓w表面偏離時,即如圖 所不結束聚焦映射。 其後’主控制裝置20係使晶圓台WTB(晶圓載台術) 移動至用以對晶圓W上之第一照射區域進行曝光的掃描開 u位置(加速開始位置),在其移動途中,係在維持晶圓載台 WST之z位置、Θ y旋轉、0 χ旋轉的狀態下,將用於晶 圓載台wst之ζ位置、旋轉之控制之ζ讀頭,從以賣 頭72a〜72d切換至Ζ讀頭74!,74】。在其切換後,主控制裝 置20立即根據前述晶圓對準(EGA)之結果及五個對準系統 AL1’ AL2〗〜AL22之最新的基線測量結果等,透過液浸曝光 進打步進掃描方式之曝光,以將標線片圖案依序轉印至晶 圓W上之複數個照射區埤Q其後,反覆進行同樣之動作。 其次,說明使用z讀頭測量結果來算出晶圓載台wst 之z位置與傾斜量的方法。主控制裝置2〇,在聚焦校正盥 聚焦映射時係使用構成面位置測量系統18〇(參照圖6)之= 個Z讀頭70a〜70d,測量晶圓台WTB之高度z與傾斜(橫 搖)Θ y。又,主控制裝置20在曝光時使用兩個z讀頭7弋 76+, 為1至5之任一數字)測量晶圓台WTB之高度z與 傾斜(橫搖)0 y。此外,各Z讀頭對所對應之γ標尺Μ、 或39Y2之上面(形成於其上面之反射型繞射光栅之面)照射 探測光束,並接收其反射光,藉此測量各標尺(反射型繞射 69 200916979 光柵)之面位置。 圖24(A),係顯示在基準點〇之高戶 „ 门度Z〇、繞X軸之旋 轉角(傾斜角)“、繞Y軸之旋轉角(傾斜角Μ y的二維平 Z此平面之位置(X,Y)的高度Z,係透過下式⑻之函數來 賊予。 f(X, Y)=- -tan Θ y · Χ+ tan 6» χ · Υ+ Ζ〇 ⑻ 如圖24(B)所示,在曝光時,使用兩個ζ讀頭74“ 76#, j為1至5之任一數字),測量在晶圓台Wtb之移動基準面 與投影光學系統PL之光軸AX之交點(基準點)〇之、晶圓 台WTB之自移動基準面(與χγ平面實質平行的面)起的高 度Ζ與橫搖。此處,例如係使用ζ讀頭μ% π;。與圖 24(A)之例同樣地,將晶圓台WTB在基準點〇之高度設為 Z〇、繞X軸之傾斜(縱搖)設為0 χ、繞γ軸之傾斜(橫搖)設 為0y。此時,在Χγ平面内位於座標(pL,^)之ζ讀頭743、 位於座標(Pr,qR)i ζ讀頭76s所分別提示之γ標尺39Υι, 39Υ2(所形成之反射型繞射光柵)之面位置的測量值Zl, Zr ’係依據與式(s)相同之理論式(9),(1〇)。 ZL - -tan Θ y * pL + tan 6> x · qL + Z〇 …(9) ZR= -tan 6> y · pR+ tan 0 x · qR+ Z〇 …(10) 因此’透過理論式(9),(10) ’在基準點〇之晶圓台Wtb 200916979 之高度z。與橫㈣y,可使用z讀頭743, %之測量值z ZR ’表示為如次式(11),(12)所示。 ••*(11) ... (12) Z〇 {Zl + ZR-tan 0 X · (qL + qR)}/2 tan^ {ZL-ZR-tan0 χ . (qL-qR)}/(ρκ.ρ〇 此外,在使用Z讀頭之其他組合時’亦能藉由使用理 論式(U),⑽,算出在基準點〇之晶圓台WT…度z 與橫搖Θ y。不過’縱搖θ x係使用另一感測器系統(在:實。 化形悲中為干涉儀系統118)之測量結果。 如圖24(B)所示,纟聚焦校正與聚焦映射時係使用四個 Z讀頭72a〜72d,測量在多點AF系統(9〇a,规)之複數個 檢測點之中心點0,之晶圓台WTB之高度z與橫搖^。此 處,z讀頭72a〜72d分別設置於位置(x,Y)=(pa,qa),(pb,The direction shifts while the focus mapping continues. Next, when the detection beam from the multi-point AF system (90a, 90b) is deviated from the surface of the wafer w, the focus map is not ended as shown. Thereafter, the main control unit 20 moves the wafer table WTB (wafer stage) to a scanning open position (acceleration start position) for exposing the first irradiation area on the wafer W, while moving The head of the control for the position and rotation of the wafer stage wst is switched from the heads 72a to 72d while maintaining the z position of the wafer stage WST, Θ y rotation, and 0 χ rotation. To read the head 74!, 74]. After switching, the main control device 20 immediately performs step scanning through liquid immersion exposure according to the result of the aforementioned wafer alignment (EGA) and the latest baseline measurement results of the five alignment systems AL1'AL2 to AL22. In the exposure mode, the reticle pattern is sequentially transferred to the plurality of irradiation regions 埤Q on the wafer W, and the same operation is repeated. Next, a method of calculating the z position and the tilt amount of the wafer stage wst using the z read head measurement result will be described. The main control unit 2 测量, in the focus correction 盥 focus mapping, uses the Z heads 70a to 70d constituting the surface position measuring system 18 〇 (refer to FIG. 6 ) to measure the height z and the tilt of the wafer table WTB (rolling) )Θ y. Further, the main control unit 20 measures the height z of the wafer table WTB and the tilt (cross) 0 y using two z read heads 7 弋 76+, which are any one of 1 to 5, at the time of exposure. Further, each of the Z read heads irradiates the probe beam to the corresponding γ scale Μ, or the upper surface of 39Y2 (the surface of the reflective diffraction grating formed thereon), and receives the reflected light, thereby measuring each scale (reflective type) The position of the surface of the diffraction 69 200916979 raster). Fig. 24(A) shows the height of the reference point „, the door degree Z〇, the rotation angle around the X axis (inclination angle), and the rotation angle around the Y axis (the two-dimensional flat Z of the inclination angle Μ y The height Z of the position of the plane (X, Y) is obtained by the function of the following formula (8): f(X, Y)=- -tan Θ y · Χ+ tan 6» χ · Υ+ Ζ〇(8) As shown in Fig. 24(B), at the time of exposure, two scanning heads 74 "76#, j is any one of 1 to 5" are used, and the moving reference plane of the wafer table Wtb and the light of the projection optical system PL are measured. The intersection point (reference point) of the axis AX, the height Ζ and roll of the wafer table WTB from the moving reference plane (the surface substantially parallel to the χγ plane). Here, for example, the reading head μ% π is used; Similarly to the example of Fig. 24(A), the height of the wafer table WTB at the reference point 设为 is Z〇, the tilt around the X axis (pitch) is set to 0 χ, and the tilt around the γ axis (rolling) ) is set to 0. At this time, the read head 743 located at coordinates (pL, ^) in the Χγ plane, and the γ scale 39Υι, 39Υ2 respectively located at the coordinates (Pr, qR)i and read head 76s (formed) The measured value Zl of the surface position of the reflective diffraction grating), Zr ' is based on the same theoretical formula (9), (1〇) as the formula (s). ZL - -tan Θ y * pL + tan 6> x · qL + Z〇...(9) ZR= -tan 6> y · pR+ tan 0 x · qR+ Z〇...(10) Therefore 'through the theoretical formula (9), (10) 'the height z of the wafer table Wtb 200916979 at the reference point 。. With the horizontal (four) y, the z read head can be used. 743, % measured value z ZR ' is expressed as sub-formula (11), (12). ••*(11) ... (12) Z〇{Zl + ZR-tan 0 X · (qL + qR)}/2 tan^ {ZL-ZR-tan0 χ . (qL-qR)}/(ρκ.ρ〇 In addition, when using other combinations of Z read heads, 'by using theoretical formula (U), (10) Calculate the wafer table WT...degree z and the roll Θy at the reference point 。. However, the pitch θ x uses another sensor system (in the case of the actual system) The measurement results are as shown in Fig. 24(B), using the four Z read heads 72a to 72d for focus correction and focus mapping, and measuring multiple detection points in the multi-point AF system (9〇a, gauge). Center point 0, the height z of the wafer table WTB and the roll ^. Here, the z read heads 72a to 72d are respectively set at the position (x, Y) = (pa, qa) , (pb,
qb),(pc,qc),(pd,qd)。此位置如圖24(B)所示,係相對中心 點—〇’ = (〇x’,〇y’)設定成對稱,亦即 Pa= Pb,Pc= Pd,qa= qc, qb=qd,X(Pa+Pc)/2=(Pb+pd)/2=〇x,,(qa+qb)/2=(qc + qd)/2 = 〇y’。 從Z漬頭72a,72b之測量值Za, Zb之平均(Za+ Zb)/2 求出晶圓台WTB在位置(Pa== pb,〇y,)之點e的高度Ze,並 從Z讀頭72c,72d之測量值Zc,Zd之平均(Zc+ zd)/2求出 晶圓台WTB在位置(pc = iPd,〇y,)之點f的高度zf。此處, 將晶圓台WTB在中心點〇,之高度設為z〇、繞γ軸之傾斜(橫 榣)設為Θ y,Ze與Zf係分別依據理論式(13),〇4)。 71 200916979Qb), (pc, qc), (pd, qd). This position is shown in Fig. 24(B), which is set symmetrically with respect to the center point - 〇' = (〇x', 〇y'), that is, Pa = Pb, Pc = Pd, qa = qc, qb = qd, X(Pa+Pc)/2=(Pb+pd)/2=〇x,,(qa+qb)/2=(qc + qd)/2 = 〇y'. From the average of the measured values Za and Zb of the Z-stained heads 72a, 72b (Za + Zb) / 2, the height Ze of the point W of the wafer table WTB at the position (Pa == pb, 〇y,) is obtained and read from Z. The average value (Zc + zd)/2 of the measured values Zc, Zd of the heads 72c, 72d is determined as the height zf of the point f of the wafer table WTB at the position (pc = iPd, 〇y,). Here, the height of the wafer table WTB at the center point is set to z〇, and the inclination around the γ axis (transverse) is Θ y, and Ze and Zf are respectively based on the theoretical formula (13), 〇 4). 71 200916979
Ze{ = (Za+ Zb)/2} = -tan Θ x · (pa+ Pb'20x,)/2 + Z〇 ...(13)Ze{ = (Za+ Zb)/2} = -tan Θ x · (pa+ Pb'20x,)/2 + Z〇 ...(13)
Zf{ = (Zc + Zd)/2} = -tan 0 y · (pc + pd-2°x,)/2 + Z〇 ...(14) 如此,透過理論式(13),(14),晶圓台WTB在中心點〇’ 的高度Z〇與橫搖0 y,可使用Z讀頭70a〜70d之測量值Za 〜Zd,表示如次式(15),(16)。 Z〇= (Ze+ Zf)/2= (Za+ Zb+ Zc+ Zd)/4 …(15) tan 0 y = -2(Ze-Zf)/(pa + pb-pc_pd) = -(Za + Zb-Zc-Zd)/(pa +Zf{ = (Zc + Zd)/2} = -tan 0 y · (pc + pd-2°x,)/2 + Z〇...(14) Thus, through theoretical equations (13), (14) The wafer table WTB has a height Z〇 and a roll of 0 y at the center point ,', and the measured values Za to Zd of the Z read heads 70a to 70d can be used to represent the following equations (15) and (16). Z〇= (Ze+ Zf)/2= (Za+ Zb+ Zc+ Zd)/4 (15) tan 0 y = -2(Ze-Zf)/(pa + pb-pc_pd) = -(Za + Zb-Zc- Zd)/(pa +
Pb-Pc-Pd) …(16) 其中’縱搖0 x係使用另一感測器系統(在本實施形態 中為干涉儀系統11 8)的測量結果。 如圖16所示,在從干涉儀系統1丨8對晶圓載台WST 之伺服控制切換至編碼器系統150(編碼器7〇A〜7〇F)及面 位置測量系統180(Z讀頭72a〜72d, 74丨〜745,76丨〜765)之 伺服控制後一刻,由於僅有Z讀頭72b,72d之兩個與對應 之Y標尺39Yl5 39Y2對向,因此無法使用式、式(16) 算出晶圓台WTB在中心點〇,的z, 位置。此時,可運 用式(17),(18)。 …(17) …(18) Z〇={Zb+Zd-tan0x. (qb+qd.2〇y5)}/2 tan^y={Zb-Zd-tan0x. (qb.qd)}/(pd_pb) 72 200916979 接著’日日圓載台wst往+ z方向移動,伴隨於此使z 讀頭72a,72c與所對應之Y標尺39γι,39γ2對向後,運用 上式(15),(16)。 如前所述,對晶圓W之掃描曝光係藉下述方式來進 行’即根據晶圓W表面之凹凸將晶圓載台㈣微幅驅動於 Z軸方向及傾斜方向’以調整晶圓W之面位置及傾斜(聚焦 調平),藉以使晶圓w表面之曝光區域IA部分一致於投影 〔 光學系統PL之像面的焦深範圍内。因此,在掃描曝光前係 執打用以測量晶圓w表面之凹凸(聚焦圖)之聚焦映射。此 處,晶》w表面之凹凸,係如_ 1〇(B)所示,一邊使晶圓載 。WST移動於+ γ方向,一邊相隔既定取樣間隔(亦即γ 間隔),以使用z讀頭72&〜72(1所測量之晶圓台WTB(更正 確而言為對應之γ標尺39Υι,39Υ2)的面位置為基準,使用 多點AF系統(90a, 90b)進行測量。 更詳言之,係如圖24(B)所示,從使用z讀頭72&,7沘 所測量之γ標尺39Y2之面位置Za,Zb之平均求出晶圓台 WTB在點e的面位置^,並從使用z讀頭72c,72d所測量 之Y標尺39Y!之面位f Zc,Zd之平均求出晶圓纟在 ’.’占f的面位置Zf。多點AF系統之複數個檢測點及該等之中 。〇係位於連結點e與點f之平行於χ轴的直線“上。如 圖10(c)所示,係以將晶圓台WTB在點e(圖中之以) 面位置Ze與在點f(圖1〇(c)中之p2)之面位置連結之 :式(19)所不直線為基準,使用多點af系統9⑽)測量 晶圓W表面在檢測點Xk之面位置Z0k。 73 200916979 Z(X)= -tan^ y · X+ Z〇 …(19) 其中’ Z〇與tan 0 y,係使用Z讀頭72a〜72d之測量鈐 果Za〜Zd,從上式(15),(16)求出。透過所求得之面位置之 結果Z〇k,如次式(2〇)求出晶圓w表面之凹凸資料(聚舞 圖)Zk。 ‘、'、Pb-Pc-Pd) (16) where 'pitch 0 x is a measurement result using another sensor system (interferometer system 1 8 in this embodiment). As shown in FIG. 16, the servo control of the wafer stage WST from the interferometer system 1丨8 is switched to the encoder system 150 (encoders 7A to 7〇F) and the surface position measurement system 180 (Z read head 72a). ~72d, 74丨~745, 76丨~765) After the servo control, since only the Z read head 72b, 72d is opposite to the corresponding Y scale 39Yl5 39Y2, the formula (16) cannot be used. Calculate the z position of the wafer table WTB at the center point. At this time, equations (17) and (18) can be used. ...(17) ...(18) Z〇={Zb+Zd-tan0x. (qb+qd.2〇y5)}/2 tan^y={Zb-Zd-tan0x. (qb.qd)}/(pd_pb 72 200916979 Then, the Japanese yen loading table wst moves in the +z direction, and the z heads 72a, 72c are aligned with the corresponding Y scales 39γι, 39γ2, and the above equations (15) and (16) are applied. As described above, the scanning exposure of the wafer W is performed by the following method: that is, the wafer stage (four) is slightly driven in the Z-axis direction and the oblique direction according to the unevenness of the surface of the wafer W to adjust the wafer W. The position and tilt (focus leveling) are such that the exposed area IA of the surface of the wafer w coincides with the projection [the depth of focus of the image plane of the optical system PL. Therefore, a focus map for measuring the unevenness (focus map) of the surface of the wafer w is performed before the scanning exposure. Here, the unevenness of the surface of the crystal "w" is as shown in _ 1 〇 (B), while carrying the wafer. WST moves in the + γ direction, separated by a predetermined sampling interval (ie, γ interval), to use the z read head 72 & ~ 72 (1 measured wafer table WTB (more correctly, the corresponding gamma scale 39 Υ, 39 Υ 2) The surface position is based on the measurement using a multi-point AF system (90a, 90b). More specifically, as shown in Fig. 24(B), the gamma scale measured from the z read head 72 & The position of the surface of ZaY and Zb of 39Y2 is averaged. The surface position of the wafer table WTB at point e is obtained, and the average of the surface positions f Zc and Zd of the Y scale 39Y! measured by the z read heads 72c, 72d is obtained. The wafer 纟 is at the '.' occupant position Zf. The multi-point AF system has a plurality of detection points and the above. The 〇 is located on the straight line parallel to the χ axis of the point e and the point f. 10(c), the wafer table WTB is connected to the surface position Ze at the point e (in the figure) and the surface position at the point f (p2 in Fig. 1(c)): The multi-point af system 9(10) is used to measure the surface position Z0k of the wafer W at the detection point Xk. 73 200916979 Z(X)= -tan^ y · X+ Z〇...(19) where ' Z 〇 and tan 0 y, using Z read head 7 The measurement results Za to Zd of 2a to 72d are obtained from the above equations (15) and (16). Through the result of the obtained surface position Z〇k, the surface of the wafer w is obtained by the following equation (2〇). Concave data (judging map) Zk. ', ',
Zk= Z〇k-Z(Xk) …(20) 在曝光日守,係依各照射區域,依據上述方式所求出之 ^焦圖Zk將晶圓載台WST微幅驅動於z軸方向及傾斜方 向,藉此與前述同樣地調整聚焦。此處,在曝光時係使用Z 讀頭74i,76j(i,1〜5)測量晶圓台WTB(更正確而言為對 應之Y “尺3 9 Y2,39Y〇的面位置。因此,再度設定聚焦圖 zk之基準線ζ(χ)。其中,z〇與tan 0 y,係使用z讀頭74丨,76j(i, 〜5)之測量結果Zl,Zr,從上式(11),(12)求出。藉由以 上步驟使晶圓W表面之面位置換算為Zk+ z(Xk)。 本實施形態中,晶圓載台WST之z, 0 y位置,係使 用Z。賣頭72a〜72d,74!〜745,7心〜765測量Y標尺39Yi, 3 9 Y2(开^成於此之反射型繞射光柵)之面位置,藉由將其測量 結果運用於式(11)、式(12)來算出。此處,作為式(11)、式 (U)之參數,z讀頭之設置位置(更正確而言測量點之χγ位 置)係而要。又,ζ讀頭之測量結果,包含例如γ標尺39Υι, 39Y2之凹凸所導致之誤差。因此,預先作成γ標尺39Υι, 3 9 Υ2之凹凸資料,並使用該資料修正測量結果。此處,凹 74 200916979 凸資料由於係被作為二維座標(χ,γ)之函數作成,因此在從 凹凸資料讀出必要之修正資料時,2讀頭之設置位置係必要 的。 此外,即使可正確地知道ζ讀頭72a〜72d,74ι〜 745, 76,〜76s設計上之設置位置,亦有可能因曝光裝置1〇〇之長 時間之使用等使Ζ讀頭之設置位置變化。因此,必須定期 測量ζ讀頭之設置位置,並使用其最新結果修正ζ讀頭之 f 測量結果,且算出晶圓載台WST之Z,0 y位置。 為了測量Z讀頭72a〜72d,76丨〜765之設置 位置,係於晶圓台WTB上面準備例如圖25(A)所示之γ標 尺39Y3, 39Y4。其中,圖25(A)、圖25(B)中,在圖示之方 便上’係將Y標尺39Y3, 39Y4在Y軸方向之寬度(後述L1)、 以及Y標尺39Y3, 39Y4之與Y標尺39Υι,39γ2的分離距離 (後述L2)。 Y標尺39Y3,39Y4 ’係由與Z讀頭之測量對象面之γ if 標尺39γι, 39Y2相同之反射型繞射光柵構成,從圖26(A) 所示概略可知,係從Y標尺39Yl,39Y2相隔既定分離距離 L2 ’ g史於晶圓台WTB之+ Υ端部。此處,既定分離距離L2 與Υ標尺39Υ3, 39Υ4在Υ轴方向之寬度L1,係設定成較ζ 讀頭之探測光束LB之截面之寬度大例如數a m。此外,χ 才示尺39Υ3,39Υ4在X軸方向之寬度係設定成與γ標尺 39Y2之寬度相等。 主控制裝置20,儀以下述方式,使用Y標尺39Y3, 39Y4 測置Ζ讀頭72a〜72d, 74ι〜745,76ι〜765之設置位置。此 75 200916979 處’係從Z讀頭72a,72b,741〜745選出一個,從z讀頭72c 72d,76!〜765選出一個,而選擇出兩個代表讀頭。測量該 兩個Z讀頭之設置位置。圖25(A)中,係選擇z讀頭743 763 來作為代表讀頭。 此外,在測量中’晶圓載台WST係維持基準姿勢。亦 即’係將晶圓載台WST定位於在四自由度(z q χ gy 6>z)方向之基準位置。又,係使用γ干涉儀16監控θχ,0 ( ζ位置,係使用Ζ干涉儀43Α,43Β監控Ζ, 0 y位置,以將 晶圓載台WST控制成不會再此等四自由度方向位移。又, 使用X干涉儀127與Y干涉儀16分別監控X, γ位置,以 將B曰圓載台WST驅動控制於兩自由度方向(X γ)。 使用Z讀頭743, 763掃描γ標尺39γ4, 39γ3。此時,係 使Ζ讀頭743,763移行至標尺伺服狀態。亦即,係進行伺服 控制,使Ζ讀頭74^ 763之探測光束lB之焦點一致於從干 涉儀系統118之測量結果預測之γ標尺39γ4, 39γ3。在此 U 狀悲下,係使用2讀頭内部之聚焦感測器FS測量探測光束 LB之反射光之強度,亦即被四分割受光元件zd之四個檢 測區域a,b,c,d分別接咚之反射光之強度的和广。 I,== (Ia+Ic)-(Ib+Id) ... (21) 上式與式(7)相同。Zk= Z〇kZ(Xk) (20) In the exposure day, the wafer stage WST is slightly driven in the z-axis direction and the tilt direction according to the respective focal region Zk obtained by the above-mentioned manner. Thereby, the focus is adjusted in the same manner as described above. Here, at the time of exposure, the wafer table WTB is measured using the Z read heads 74i, 76j (i, 1 to 5) (more correctly, the corresponding Y "foot 3 9 Y2, 39Y" plane position. Therefore, again Set the reference line 聚焦(χ) of the focus map zk. Among them, z〇 and tan 0 y are measured using the z read head 74丨, 76j(i, ~5), Zl, Zr, from the above equation (11), (12) The above steps are performed to convert the surface position of the surface of the wafer W to Zk + z (Xk). In the present embodiment, Z is used for the z, 0 y position of the wafer stage WST. 72d, 74! ~ 745, 7 heart ~ 765 measuring the position of the Y scale 39Yi, 3 9 Y2 (opening into this reflective diffraction grating), by applying the measurement results to the equation (11), (12) Calculate. Here, as the parameters of the equations (11) and (U), the position of the z read head (more precisely, the χ γ position of the measurement point) is required. As a result, the error caused by, for example, the unevenness of the γ scale 39Υι, 39Y2 is included. Therefore, the concave and convex data of the γ scale 39Υι, 3 9 Υ2 is prepared in advance, and the measurement result is corrected using the data. Here, the concave 74 200916979 Since the system is created as a function of the two-dimensional coordinates (χ, γ), it is necessary to read the position of the 2 read head when reading the necessary correction data from the concave-convex data. Further, even if the reading head 72a is correctly known ~72d, 74ι~745, 76, ~76s design position, it is also possible to change the setting position of the reading head due to the long-term use of the exposure device 1. Therefore, it is necessary to periodically measure the reading head Set the position and use the latest result to correct the measurement result of the read head and calculate the Z, 0 y position of the wafer stage WST. In order to measure the Z read head 72a~72d, the set position of 76丨~765 is in the crystal. On the round table WTB, for example, γ scales 39Y3, 39Y4 shown in Fig. 25(A) are prepared. Among them, in Figs. 25(A) and 25(B), in the convenience of illustration, the Y scales 39Y3, 39Y4 are placed. The width of the Y-axis direction (L1 to be described later) and the separation distance between the Y scales 39Y3 and 39Y4 and the Y scale 39Υι, 39γ2 (L2) described later. The Y scale 39Y3, 39Y4 ' is the gamma of the measurement target surface of the Z read head. The reflection type diffraction grating having the same scale 39γι and 39Y2 is constructed as shown in Fig. 26(A). From the Y scale 39Yl, 39Y2 separated by a predetermined separation distance L2 ' g history of the + Υ end of the wafer table WTB. Here, the predetermined separation distance L2 and the Υ scale 39 Υ 3, 39 Υ 4 width L1 in the Υ axis direction is set to The width of the cross section of the probe beam LB of the read head is, for example, a few am. Further, the width of the ruler 39 Υ 3, 39 Υ 4 in the X-axis direction is set to be equal to the width of the γ scale 39Y2. The main control unit 20 measures the set positions of the read heads 72a to 72d, 74ι to 745, 76ι to 765 by using the Y scales 39Y3, 39Y4 in the following manner. This 75 200916979 is selected from the Z read heads 72a, 72b, 741~745, one is selected from the z read heads 72c 72d, 76!~765, and two representative read heads are selected. The set positions of the two Z read heads are measured. In Fig. 25(A), the z read head 743 763 is selected as a representative read head. In addition, during the measurement, the wafer stage WST maintains the reference posture. That is, the wafer stage WST is positioned at a reference position in the direction of four degrees of freedom (z q χ gy 6 > z). Further, the γ interferometer 16 is used to monitor θ χ, 0 ( ζ position, using the Ζ interferometer 43 Α, 43 Β monitor Ζ, 0 y position, to control the wafer stage WST so that it does not shift in the four degrees of freedom direction. Further, the X, γ position is monitored by the X interferometer 127 and the Y interferometer 16 to drive the B 曰 round stage WST to the two degrees of freedom direction (X γ). The Z head 743, 763 is used to scan the γ scale 39 γ4, 39 γ 3. At this time, the read heads 743, 763 are moved to the scale servo state. That is, the servo control is performed such that the focus of the probe beam 1B of the read head 74 763 is consistent with the measurement result from the interferometer system 118. The predicted γ scale 39γ4, 39γ3. Under this U-shaped sorrow, the intensity of the reflected light of the probe beam LB is measured using the focus sensor FS inside the 2 read head, that is, the four detection areas of the quad split light receiving element zd. a, b, c, d are the sum of the intensities of the reflected light respectively. I, == (Ia + Ic) - (Ib + Id) (21) The above formula is the same as the formula (7).
係使曰曰圓栽台WST移動於Y軸方向,使用Z讀頭743, 763於Υ軸方向掃描Υ標尺39Υ4, 39Υ3»隨著晶圓載台WST 76 200916979 在+ Y方向移動,Z讀頭743, 763之掃描點、亦即探測光束 LB之照射截面,自γ標尺π、,Mi之+ γ側侵入該等之 ~祂區域(形成有反射型繞射光柵的區域)。圖25(A)與圖 26(Α)中,Ζ讀頭743, 76s之探測光束[Β之照射截面係位於 Υ標尺39Υ4, Mi之掃描區域内。當晶圓載台wst進一步 在+ Y方向移動時,Z讀頭763之探測光束LB之照射 截面,即脫離至γ標尺39γ4, 391與γ標尺MY〗,MY〗之 f 間的分離區域。 通奴著上述Z讀頭74〗,76s之探測光束之照射截面與 尺39Y4,39丫3在γ軸方向之相對位移,式(2i)之聚焦感 °° 之輪出讯號I即如圖26(B)所示曲線所示般變化。 在拉則光束LB之照射截面進出於Υ標尺39Υ4, 39Υ3 ^區域輸出讯號I’會變化,在完全位於掃描區域内 之Υ區域為—定。 ^ 因此,能從輸入訊號I’與預先決定之截剪位準(臨限 《 )之兩個交點之Υ位置Υ1,Υ2的中點Υ0,定出Ζ讀頭 743, 763之γ設置位置。 一皮外,聚焦感測器之輸出訊號〗,,即使在如圖26(;Β) 所示之曲绩 Q 〇 —般較弱時,輸出訊號I,與截剪位準(臨限 值)SL相等之υ#罢, 位置Υ1 , Y2 雖會變化,但該等之中點 Y 0並不變彳卜。π 。因此’能正確地定出Ζ讀頭743, 763之Υ設 又’亦可將截剪位準(臨限值)設定成輸出訊號Γ 之最大輸出I’ 4 max之半值!,max/2。此時’即使聚焦感測 器之最大輪出T, » 1 max未滿臨限值SL,亦能定出中點Y0。 77 200916979 同樣地’藉由使用7崎,>ι 用Ζ §賣碩7〜,763於乂軸方向掃 標尺39Υ4, 39Υ3,決定 评钿Υ 、疋Ζ讀碩743, 763之χ設置位置。 此外,當無法使用γ庐ρ 〇 Λ ν 用”示尺39Υ4, 39Υ3時,或使用 Υ標尺39Υ4, 39Υ3之測量 ^ 篁不發揮功此時,即利用Υ標尺3 9 Υ 39Yi之繞射光栅之端部(亦可 2’ 丨、力J係γ才示尺39γ4,39γ32繞射光 柵之端部)。 如圖25(B)所示,係用搜裡也也± 士 更用k擇為代表讀頭之Ζ讀頭743 763,掃描 Y 標尺 39Y, 39V + A ’ ’ Yl之-γ柒部。此處,使晶圓載台 WST移動於+ Y方向,於γ缸十a磁, 於Y軸方向掃描γ標尺39γ2, 39Υι 之-Υ知部。此時,聚隹咸、、目彳哭P e k f …、饫測器FS之輸出訊號j,(式(21)) 係如圖26(C)所示曲線s所+加_纖ΥΙ_The 曰曰 round table WST is moved in the Y-axis direction, and the Z head 743, 763 is used to scan the Υ scale 39Υ4, 39Υ3» in the x-axis direction, and the wafer stage WST 76 200916979 moves in the +Y direction, the Z read head 743 The scanning point of 763, that is, the irradiation section of the detecting beam LB, intrudes from the γ scale π, and the + γ side of Mi into the region (the region where the reflective diffraction grating is formed). In Fig. 25(A) and Fig. 26(Α), the detecting beam of the scanning heads 743, 76s [the scanning section of the cymbal is located in the scanning area of the Υ scale 39Υ4, Mi. When the wafer stage wst is further moved in the +Y direction, the irradiation section of the probe beam LB of the Z read head 763 is separated from the separation area between the γ scale 39γ4, 391 and the γ scale MY, MY. Through the above-mentioned Z reading head 74〗, the irradiation section of the 76s probe beam and the relative displacement of the ruler 39Y4, 39丫3 in the γ-axis direction, the focus of the formula (2i) °° the signal I is as shown in the figure The curve shown in 26(B) changes as shown. When the illumination cross section of the beam LB is directed to the Υ scale 39Υ4, the 39 Υ3^ area output signal I' changes, and the Υ region which is completely located in the scanning area is set. ^ Therefore, the γ setting position of the read heads 743, 763 can be determined from the position Υ1 of the two intersections of the input signal I' and the predetermined cut-off level (the threshold "), and the midpoint Υ0 of the Υ2. In addition, the output signal of the focus sensor, even if the score Q 〇 shown in Figure 26 (; Β) is generally weak, the output signal I, and the cut level (provision) SL equals 罢#, position Υ1, Y2 will change, but the midpoint Y 0 will not change. π. Therefore, it is possible to correctly set the reading heads 743, 763 and set the cutting level (the threshold value) to the half value of the maximum output I' 4 max of the output signal !! , max/2. At this time, even if the maximum rotation of the focus sensor T, » 1 max is less than the threshold SL, the midpoint Y0 can be determined. 77 200916979 Similarly, by using 7 Saki, > ι Ζ 卖 硕 7 〜 〜 763 763 763 Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ Υ 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 743 In addition, when it is not possible to use γ庐ρ 〇Λ ν with “meters 39Υ4, 39Υ3, or use Υ scales 39Υ4, 39Υ3 measurement ^ 篁 does not work at this time, that is, using the Υ scale 3 9 Υ 39Yi diffraction grating End (also 2' 丨, force J γ 示 示 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 Read head 743 763, scan Y scale 39Y, 39V + A ' ' Yl - γ 。. Here, the wafer stage WST is moved in the + Y direction, in the γ cylinder ten a magnetic, on the Y axis Direction scanning γ scale 39γ2, 39Υι-Υ知知. At this time, the convergence of the 隹 salt, the eyes crying P ekf ..., the output signal j of the detector FS, (formula (21)) is shown in Figure 26 (C) The curve s shown + plus _ fiber ΥΙ _
民^所不般變化。因此,將臨限值SL 設定成最大輸出I’ max之半值r max/2,從輸人訊號工, (式(21))與截剪位準(臨限值)队之交點之γ位置γ〇,,定 出Ζ讀頭74% 763之γ設置位置。 同樣地,藉由使用7 # as 1 /1 n r t ,The people's ^ does not change. Therefore, the threshold SL is set to the half value r max/2 of the maximum output I' max, from the gamma position of the intersection of the input signal, the equation (21) and the clipping level (progress). 〇 〇,, set the γ setting position of the reading head 74% 763. Similarly, by using 7 # as 1 /1 n r t ,
疋用Z磺頭以3,763於X軸方向掃描Y 標尺 39Υ2,39Υ!(亦可孫 尺 39Y4,39Y3)之 ±X 端部,決 定Z讀頭743,76〗之χ設置位置。 對剩餘之讀頭,亦與代表讀頭743, 763同樣地測量設置 位置此處,亦可測量以代表讀頭之設置位置為基準之相 對位置。 如上所述,主控制裝置2 〇,係定期地測量面位置測量 系統180之Z讀頭72a〜72d,74丨〜745, 761〜765之設置位 置,並將其測量結果保存於記憶體34或内部記憶體。接著, 在驅動晶圓载台WST時,使用其最新結果從凹凸資料讀出 78 200916979 必要之修正資料,修正z讀瓸十,日,旦,丄„ 貫碩之測量結果,且一邊算.曰 圓載台WST之(Z,0 丫)位w,. 日日 yM置一邊控制晶圓載台WST在 軸方向及θγ方向之位置。 又’截至目前為止之說明中, 局了間化吼明,雖說明 係由主控制裝置20來進行曝#驻 光裝置構成各部分的控制(包 3载台糸統(標線片載台RST及晶圓載台WST等)之控制、 干涉儀系、统118、編碼器系統150等),但並不限於此,春 rZUse the Z-sulfur head to scan the Y scale 39, 2, 39 Υ in the X-axis direction (also the Sun X 39Y4, 39Y3) at the ±X end, and determine the position of the Z read head 743, 76. For the remaining read heads, the set positions are also measured in the same manner as the representative read heads 743, 763, and the relative positions based on the set positions of the read heads can also be measured. As described above, the main control unit 2 periodically measures the set positions of the Z heads 72a to 72d, 74丨 to 745, 761 to 765 of the surface position measuring system 180, and stores the measurement results in the memory 34 or Internal memory. Next, when driving the wafer stage WST, use the latest results to read out the necessary correction data from the bump data, and correct the measurement results of z, ,, 丄, 丄 贯 硕 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 且 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰 曰The (Z, 0 丫) bit w of the round stage WST. The day yM sets the position of the wafer stage WST in the axial direction and the θγ direction. In the description, the main control device 20 performs the control of each part of the light-receiving device (the control of the carrier 3 (the reticle stage RST, the wafer stage WST, etc.), the interferometer system, and the system 118, Encoder system 150, etc.), but not limited to this, spring r
然亦可由複數個控制裝置來分擔進行上述主控制裝置20: 進行之控制的至少一部分。你 丨刀例如,亦可將進行載台系統之 工制、編碼器系統150之控制、面位置測量系统180之讀 頭切換等之載台控制裝置,設於主控制裝置20之管理下。 又’上述主控制裝置2G所進行之控制並不m硬體來 實現,亦可藉由用以規定主控制裝置2〇、或如前述分擔進 仃控制之數個控制裝置各自之動作的電腦程式’而由軟體 來予以實現。 士 乂上所洋細說明,根據本實施形態之曝光裝置1 〇〇, =控制裝置20,能使晶圓載台WST沿灯平面移動,在該 晶圓載台WST之移動中’使用面位置測量系統副之複數 個Z項頭測里晶圓載台WST表面在正交於平面之z軸 方向之位置資訊,根據該測量資訊與用於肖資訊之測量之 至f一個Z讀頭在χγ平面之平行面内的位置資訊(設置位 2貝Λ)’驅動於ζ軸方向及^方向。藉此,可將晶圓載 :WST驅動於ζ軸方向及0 y方向,來消除因ζ讀頭在平 行於χγ平面之面内的位置誤差(自設計值之誤差)所導致之 79 200916979 晶圓載台WST在Z軸方向及0 y方向的位置測量誤差。 又,根據本實施形態之曝光裝置100,係將標線片尺之 圖案轉印形成於以上述方式被高精度地控制了纟Z轴方向 (及0 y方向)之位置之晶圓載台WST(晶圓台上所裝载 之晶圓ww各照射區域,而能以良好精度將圖案形成於曰 圓w上之各照射區域。 日日 二又’根據本實施形態之曝光裝置i⑽,係根據事前進行However, at least a part of the control performed by the main control device 20 can be shared by a plurality of control devices. For example, the boring tool can also be provided under the management of the main control unit 20, such as the system for controlling the stage system, the control of the encoder system 150, and the read position switching of the surface position measuring system 180. Further, the control performed by the main control device 2G is not implemented by hardware, and may be implemented by a computer program for specifying the main control device 2 or the respective control devices that share the control device. 'And by software to achieve. According to the above description, the exposure apparatus 1 〇〇, the control device 20 of the present embodiment can move the wafer stage WST along the lamp plane, and use the surface position measurement system in the movement of the wafer stage WST. The position information of the WST surface of the wafer stage in the Z-axis is orthogonal to the z-axis direction of the plane, and the measurement information is used to measure the information of the XI to a Z read head parallel to the χ γ plane. The in-plane position information (set bit 2) is driven in the x-axis direction and the ^ direction. In this way, the wafer carrier: WST can be driven in the x-axis direction and the 0 y direction to eliminate the position error (self-design value error) caused by the reading head in the plane parallel to the χ γ plane. The WST measures the error in the Z-axis direction and the 0-y direction. Further, according to the exposure apparatus 100 of the present embodiment, the pattern of the reticle is transferred to the wafer stage WST (which is controlled in the above-described manner in the 纟Z-axis direction (and the y direction) with high precision. Each of the irradiation areas of the wafer ww mounted on the wafer stage can be formed with good precision in each of the irradiation areas on the rounding w. The Japanese and Japanese applications of the exposure apparatus i (10) according to the present embodiment are based on prior get on
之則述聚焦映射之結果,在不於曝光中測量晶圓w表面之 :位置資訊的狀態下’使用Z讀頭在掃描曝光中高精度地 進行晶圓之聚焦調平控制,藉此能於晶圓W上以良好精声 形成圖案。進而’本實施形態中,由於能藉由液浸曝= 度之曝光’因此從此點來看亦能以良好精 細圖案轉印於晶圓W上。 介二外,上述實施形態中,各讀頭之聚焦感測器FS,雖 =在進行前述聚焦伺服時,將焦點對焦於心保護Y標 广’39Y2上所形成之繞射光柵面的破螭罩表面,但最 J係將:點對焦於較玻璃罩表面遠的面、例如繞射伽 專。如此,當在玻璃罩表面存在微粒等異物(雜質)時等,由 :該玻璃罩表面會成為散焦了破璃軍厚度 項頭不易受到該異物之影響。 u此乙The result of the focus mapping is that, under the condition that the surface of the wafer w is not exposed during exposure: position information, the focus adjustment control of the wafer is performed with high precision in the scanning exposure using the Z read head, thereby enabling the crystal to be crystallized. A pattern is formed on the circle W with good fine sound. Further, in the present embodiment, since it can be exposed by liquid immersion = degree, it can be transferred onto the wafer W in a fine fine pattern from this point of view. In the above embodiment, in the focus sensor FS of each read head, when the focus servo is performed, the focus is focused on the diffraction grating surface formed by the heart protection Y mark "39Y2". The surface of the cover, but the most J-type will: focus on a surface farther than the surface of the glass cover, such as a dither. As described above, when foreign matter (impurities) such as particles are present on the surface of the cover glass, the surface of the cover glass becomes defocused and the thickness of the glass is less likely to be affected by the foreign matter. u this B
此外,上述實施形態中,係採用於晶圓P 作範圍(移動範圍中裝置在實際行 3 動 台WTB外部(上方)配置複數 :的-圍)之晶圓 Μ ——頭以各Ζ讀頭檢測晶 ^WTB(Y„39Yl, 80 200916979 置測量系統’但本發明並不限定於此。例如亦可代替面位 置測量系統1 80 ’而採用例如在移動體(例如上述實施形態 中之晶圓載台WST)上面配置複數個z讀頭、且在與該2讀 頭對向之移動體外部設置用以反射來自Z讀頭之探測光束 之反射面的檢測裝置。 又,上述實施形態中,雖例示採用下述構成之編碼器 系統,亦即於晶圓台(晶圓載台)上設置格子部(χ標尺,γ標 尺)、且與此對向地於晶圓載台外部配置χ讀頭,γ讀頭的 構成,但並不限於此,亦可採用於移動體設置編碼器讀頭、 且與此對向地於移動體外部配置二維袼子(或配置成二維之 維格子。ρ )之構成的編碼器系統。此時,在將Ζ讀頭亦配 置於移動體上面的情況下,亦可將該二維格子(或配置成二 維之一維格子部)兼用為用以反射來自Ζ讀頭之探測光束的 反射面。 ,w “ π π Ί尔斯圃 7戶斤示 動部(未圖示)驅動於ζ轴方向之收納有聚焦_ 感測器本體ΖΗ(第1感測器)、以及測量第14測 二:=ΖΗ)在Ζ軸方向之位移之測量部项第^: 器讀頭):第並不限定於此。亦即,Ζ讀頭(感測 分可2第1感測器(例如前述聚焦感測器等)之構件一部 之移動,以動體在ζ軸方向之移動使該構件隨 /保持第i感測器與該測量對 關係(例如與第1感測器内之受光元件之受光二 81 200916979 之共輛關係)者即可。此時,帛2感測器係測量該移動構件 自基準位置起在移動方向之位移。當然,當於移動體上設 有感測器讀頭時,只要根據該移動體在垂直於二維平面之 方向的位置變化,使移動構件移動以維持第i感測器之測 量對象物例如上述二維格子(或配置成二維之一維格子部) 專與第1感測器在光學上之位置關係即可。 又,上述實施形態中,雖說明編碼器讀頭與z讀頭係 ('分別設置,但並不限於此,亦能採用兼具例如編碼器讀頭 與Z讀頭之功能的讀頭,或採用光學系統一部分為共通之 編碼器讀頭與Z讀頭,或將編碼器讀頭與z讀頭設於同一 盧體内而一體化之複合讀頭。 又,上述實施形態中,嘴單元32之下面與投影光學系 、’先PL之刖端光學元件之下端面雖大致同一面高,但並不限 於此,亦能將例如嘴單元3 2之下面配置成較前端光學元件 之射出面更接近投影光學系統PL之像面(亦即晶圓)附近。 亦即’局部液浸裝置8並不限於上述構造,例如亦能使用 歐洲專利申請公開第142〇298號說明書、國際公開第 2〇〇4/〇55803號小冊子、國際公開第2004/057590號小冊 子、國際公開第2005/029559號小冊子(對應美國專利申請 公開第2006/0231206號說明書)、國際公開第2〇〇4/〇86468 破小冊子(對應美國專利申請公開第2〇〇5/〇28〇791號說明 書)、美國專利第6, 952, 253號說明書等所記載者。又,亦 可採用如國際公開第2004/019128號小冊子(對應美國專利 申明公開第2005/0248856號說明書)所揭示者,除了前端光 82 200916979 學元件之像面側之光路以外, 的光路空間亦以液 月端光學凡件之物體面側 面之-部分(至少包含與液體亦可:前端光學元件表 液性及/或溶解防止功能的薄膜 面)或全部形成具有親 液性較高且亦不需溶 卜,雖石英與液體之親 溶解防止膜。 ,但最好係至少將螢石形成 此外’上述各實施形態中, ^^#^ . 雖使用純水(水)作為液體, 明此。亦可使 液體作為的安全液體來作為液體,例如氟系惰性 液體。作為此氟系惰性 rt71 . 肯性液體,例如能使用氟洛黎納特Further, in the above-described embodiment, the wafer P is used as a range in the range of the wafer P (the device is disposed on the outer side (above) of the actual row 3 moving table WTB in the moving range) - the head is each read head Detecting the crystal WTB (Y „39Yl, 80 200916979 Measured system ′′, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, instead of the surface position measuring system 1 80 ′, for example, in a moving body (for example, the wafer loading in the above embodiment) The table WST) is provided with a plurality of z read heads, and a detecting means for reflecting the reflecting surface of the detecting beam from the Z head is provided outside the moving body opposed to the two reading heads. Further, in the above embodiment, An encoder system having a configuration in which a lattice portion (χ scale, γ scale) is provided on a wafer stage (wafer stage), and a read head is disposed outside the wafer stage, γ is exemplified. The configuration of the read head is not limited thereto, and an encoder read head may be disposed on the moving body, and a two-dimensional dice (or a two-dimensional dimensional lattice may be disposed outside the moving body opposite to the moving body. ρ ) The encoder system When the head is also disposed on the moving body, the two-dimensional grid (or a two-dimensional one-dimensional grid portion) may be used as a reflecting surface for reflecting the detecting beam from the reading head. " π π Ί 圃 圃 7 斤 示 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 感 感 _ _ 感 感 感 感 感 感 感The measurement part of the displacement in the direction of the x-axis is the first: the head is not limited to this. That is, the movement of the member of the first reading sensor (for example, the above-mentioned focus sensor, etc.) of the head (the sensing head) is such that the movement of the moving body in the direction of the x-axis causes the member to follow/maintain the i The relationship between the sensor and the measurement pair (for example, the relationship with the light receiving element of the light-receiving element in the first sensor, No. 81 200916979). At this time, the 帛2 sensor measures the moving member from the reference position. Displacement in the moving direction. Of course, when the sensor head is provided on the moving body, the moving member is moved to maintain the i-th sensing according to the position of the moving body in the direction perpendicular to the two-dimensional plane. For example, the above-described two-dimensional lattice (or two-dimensional one-dimensional lattice portion) may be optically positioned in relation to the first sensor. In the above embodiment, the encoder reading is described. Head and z read head systems ('reset separately, but not limited to this, it is also possible to use a read head that has both the function of an encoder read head and a Z read head, or a part of the optical system that is common to the encoder read head and Z read head, or set the encoder read head and the z read head in the same lure Further, in the above embodiment, the lower surface of the nozzle unit 32 is substantially the same as the lower end surface of the projection optical system and the lower end optical element of the first PL, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the lower surface of the nozzle unit 3 2 is disposed closer to the vicinity of the image plane (ie, the wafer) of the projection optical system PL than the exit surface of the front end optical element. That is, the partial liquid immersion device 8 is not limited to the above configuration, for example, It is possible to use the European Patent Application Publication No. 142〇298, the International Publication No. 2〇〇4/〇55803, the International Publication No. 2004/057590, and the International Publication No. 2005/029559 (corresponding to the U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0231206), International Publication No. 2〇〇4/〇86468 Broken booklet (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2/5/28,791), U.S. Patent No. 6,952, 253, etc. In addition, as disclosed in the pamphlet of International Publication No. 2004/019128 (corresponding to the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0248856), except for the front end light 82 200916979 In addition to the optical path on the image side of the component, the optical path space is also the part of the side of the object surface of the liquid-moon end optical component (at least including the liquid: the liquid film of the front optical component and/or the dissolution preventing function) The surface or all of the surface is formed to have a high lyophilic property and does not require dissolution, although the quartz and the liquid are insoluble to prevent the film. However, it is preferable to form at least the fluorite. In addition, in the above embodiments, ^^#^ Although pure water (water) is used as the liquid, it is also possible to use the liquid as a safe liquid as a liquid, such as a fluorine-based inert liquid. As the fluorine-based inert rt71. For the liquid, for example, it is possible to use flonolina. special
(FlU0rinert,美國 3M a ^ w 1之商0口名稱)。此氟系惰性液體亦 ”冷卻效果。又,作為液體,亦能使用對照明光仏之 折射率較純水(折射率h44左右)高者,例如折射率為Μ以 上之液體此種液體’例如有折射率約】·5〇之異丙醇、折 射率約1.61之甘油(glycerine)之類具有ch鍵結丨鍵 結的既定㈣、己烧、聽、錢等既定液體(有機溶劑)、 或折射率約 1.60 之十氫萘(Decalin:Decahydr〇naphthalene) 等。或者,亦可係混合上述液體中任意兩種類以上之液體 者,亦可係於純水添加(混合)上述液體之至少一種者。或 者’液體LQ ’亦可係於純水添加(混合)H+、Cs+、κ+、cl-、 S〇4 、PO42等鹼基或酸等者。再者,亦可係於純水添加(混 合)A1氧化物等微粒子者。上述液體能使ArF準分子雷射光 透射。又,作為液體,最好係光之吸收係數較小,溫度依 存性較少,並對塗布於投影光學系統PL及/或晶圓表面之感 83 200916979 光材(或保護臈(頂M + + 又,在以F = 布膜)或反射防止膜等)較穩定者。(FlU0rinert, US 3M a ^ w 1 business 0 port name). The fluorine-based inert liquid also has a cooling effect. Further, as the liquid, it is also possible to use a liquid having a higher refractive index than the pure water (refractive index h44), for example, a liquid having a refractive index of Μ or more. A predetermined liquid (organic solvent) or refraction such as isopropyl alcohol having a refractive index of about 5 Å, glycerine having a refractive index of about 1.61, or the like having a bond bond of a bond bond (tetra), burned, heard, and money. Decalin (Decahydr〇naphthalene) or the like having a rate of about 1.60. Alternatively, a liquid of any two or more of the above liquids may be mixed, or at least one of the above liquids may be added (mixed) with pure water. Or 'liquid LQ' may be added to pure water (mixed) bases such as H+, Cs+, κ+, cl-, S〇4, PO42 or acid, etc. Further, it may be added in pure water (mixed) A1 oxide or the like. The liquid can transmit ArF excimer laser light. Further, as a liquid, it is preferable that the absorption coefficient of light is small, the temperature dependency is small, and it is applied to the projection optical system PL and / Or the feeling of the wafer surface 83 200916979 light (Protected or Ge (M + + and a top, in order to F = membrane cloth) or an antireflection film), is preferable.
Oil)即可。再去,,^ 軋眾醚油(Fomblin 一 ,乍為液體,亦能使用對照明光IL·之拼勒 “較純水南者,例如折射率為1.6〜1.8左右者。亦*t 超臨界流體來作為液體。又,投影光學㈣ ^使用 元件例如能以石英(二氧 氟普石 則端光學 化热、^細/ (營石)、氣化鎖、氟 、、軋化納等氟化化合物之單結晶材料形成, :亦可以折射率較石英或螢石高(例如1.6以上)之材料來形 、。作為折㈣h6以上之材料,例如能使 咖㈣⑴號小冊子所揭示之藍寶石、二氧化錯等、Z 可使用如國際公開帛細5/()59618號小冊子所 鉀(折射率約1.75)等。 & 又,上述實施形態中,亦可將回收之液體再予以利用, 此時最好係將過濾器(用以從回收之液體除去雜質)設於液 體回收裝置或回收管等。 又’上述實施形態中,雖說明了曝光裝置為液浸型曝 光裝置的情形’但並不限於此,亦能採用在不透過液體(水) 之狀態下使晶圓w曝光的乾燥型曝光裝置。 又’上述實施形態中,雖說明了將本發明適用於步進 掃描方式等之掃描型曝光裝置,但並不限於此,亦能將本 發明適用於步進器等靜止型曝光裝置。又,本發明亦適用 於用以合成照射區域與照射區域之步進接合方式的縮小投 影曝光裝置、近接方式之曝光裝置、或鏡面投影對準曝光 器等。再者,本發明亦能適用於例如美國專利6,590,634號 84 200916979 說明書、美國專利5,969,441號說明書、美國專利6,208,407 5虎況明書等所揭示,具備複數個晶圓載台wST的多載台型 曝光裝置。 又’上述實施形態之曝光裝置中之投影光學系統並不 僅可為縮小系統,亦可為等倍系統及放大系統之任一者, 投影光學系統PL不僅可為折射系統,亦可係反射系統及反 折射系統之任一者’其投影像亦可係倒立像與正立像之任 一者。再者’透過投影光學系統pL來照射照明光IL之曝 光區域IA ’雖係在投影光學系統pL之視野内包含光軸Αχ 的轴上區域,但例如亦可與如國際公開第2〇〇4/1〇7〇11號小 冊子所揭不之所謂線上型反折射系統同樣地,其曝光區域 為不含光軸AX之離軸區域,該線上型反折射系統具有複數 個反射面且將至少形成一次中間像之光學系統(反射系統或 反折射系統)設於其一部分,並具有單一光轴。又,前述照 明區域及曝光區域之形狀雖為矩形,但並不限於此,亦可 係例如圓弧、梯形、或平行四邊形等。 又’上述實施形態之曝光裝置的光源,不限於ArF準 分子雷射光源,亦能使用KrF準分子雷射光源(輸出波長 248nm)、F2雷射(輸出波長157nm)、Ai>2雷射(輸出波長 126nm)、Kb雷射(輪出波長146nm)等脈衝雷射光源,或發 出g線(波長436 nm)、匕線(波長365nm)等發射亮線之超高 壓水銀燈等。又,亦可使用YAG雷射之諧波產生裝置等。 另外,可使用例如國際公開第1999/46835號小冊子(對應美 國專利第7, 023, 610號說明書)所揭示之諧波,其係以塗布 85 200916979 有铒(或铒及镱兩者)之光纖放大器,將從半導體雷射 或、戴、’隹Φ射射出之紅外線區或可見區的單—波長雷射光放 大來作為真空紫外光,&以非線形光學結晶將其轉換波長 成紫外光。 又,上述貫施形態中,作為曝光裝置之照明光^,並 不限於波長大於l〇〇nm之光,亦可使用波長未滿i〇〇nm之 光例如,近年來,為了曝光7〇nm以下之圖案,已進行了 種EUV曝光裝置之開發,其係以s〇R或電漿雷射為光源 來產生軟X線區域(例如5〜15nm之波長域)之EUV(Extreme ItraViolet)光,且使用根據其曝光波長(例如i3 5nm)所設 计之王反射縮小光學系統及反射型光罩。此裝置由於係使 用圓弧照明同步掃描光罩與晶圓來進行掃瞄曝光之構成, 因此忐將本發明非常合適地適用於上述裝置。此外,本發 明亦適用於使用電子射線或離子光束等之帶電粒子射線的 曝光裝置。 又,上述實施形態中,雖使用於具光透射性之基板上 形成既定遮光圖案(或相位圖案,減光圖案)的光透射性光罩 (標線片),但亦可使用例如美國專利第6,778,257號說明書 所揭示之電子光罩來代替此光罩,該電子光罩(亦稱為可變 成形光罩、主動光罩、或影像產生器,例如包含非發光型 影像顯示元件(空間光調變器)之一種之DMD(Digital Micr〇-mirror Device)等)係根據欲曝光圖案之電子資料來形 成透射圖案、反射圖案、或發光圖案。 又,本發明亦能適用於,例如國際公開第2〇〇1/〇35168 86 200916979 號說明書所揭示, 藉由將干涉紋形成於晶圓上Oil). Go again, ^ ^ rolling ether oil (Fomblin one, 乍 is a liquid, can also use the illumination light IL · 拼 勒 "" pure water, such as the refractive index of 1.6 ~ 1.8 or so. * * supercritical fluid As a liquid. In addition, projection optics (4) ^ use of components such as quartz (dioxoprite end optical heat, ^ fine / (camp), gasification lock, fluorine, rolling and other fluorinated compounds The single crystal material is formed, and can also be formed by a material having a refractive index higher than that of quartz or fluorite (for example, 1.6 or more). As a material of the above (4) h6 or more, for example, the sapphire and the dioxin disclosed in the booklet of the coffee (4) (1) can be made. For example, Z can be used, for example, in the publication of International Publication No. 5/(59618), potassium (refractive index of about 1.75), etc. In addition, in the above embodiment, the recovered liquid can be reused. The filter (for removing impurities from the recovered liquid) is provided in a liquid recovery device, a recovery tube, etc. Further, in the above embodiment, the case where the exposure device is a liquid immersion type exposure device has been described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Can also be used without liquid (water) In the above-described embodiment, the present invention is applied to a scanning type exposure apparatus such as a step-and-scan method. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The invention is applicable to a static exposure apparatus such as a stepper. Further, the present invention is also applicable to a reduced projection exposure apparatus for synthesizing a stepwise engagement manner of an irradiation area and an irradiation area, a proximity mode exposure apparatus, or a mirror projection alignment exposure. Furthermore, the present invention is also applicable to a multi-stage type exposure having a plurality of wafer stages wST as disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,590,634, No. 6,2009, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The projection optical system in the exposure apparatus of the above embodiment may be not only a reduction system but also an equal magnification system and an amplification system. The projection optical system PL may be not only a refractive system but also a reflection. Any of the system and the anti-refraction system's projection image can also be either an inverted image or an erect image. The exposure region IA' of the illumination optical system IL that illuminates the illumination light IL includes an on-axis region of the optical axis 内 in the field of view of the projection optical system pL, but may be, for example, as disclosed in International Publication No. 2/4/1-7 Similarly, the so-called in-line type anti-refracting system disclosed in the No. 11 booklet has an exposure area which is an off-axis area not including the optical axis AX, and the on-line type anti-refracting system has a plurality of reflection surfaces and will form at least one intermediate image. The optical system (reflection system or catadioptric system) is provided in a part thereof and has a single optical axis. Further, although the shape of the illumination area and the exposure area are rectangular, the shape is not limited thereto, and may be, for example, an arc or a trapezoid. Or a parallelogram, etc. Further, the light source of the exposure apparatus of the above embodiment is not limited to the ArF excimer laser light source, and a KrF excimer laser light source (output wavelength 248 nm), F2 laser (output wavelength 157 nm), Ai> 2 laser light source such as laser (output wavelength 126nm), Kb laser (rounding wavelength 146nm), or ultra-high pressure mercury lamp emitting g-line (wavelength 436 nm), 匕 line (wavelength 365nm), etc. . Further, a YAG laser harmonic generating device or the like can also be used. In addition, harmonics disclosed in, for example, the pamphlet of International Publication No. 1999/46835 (corresponding to the specification of U.S. Patent No. 7,023,610), which is an optical fiber coated with 85 200916979 (or both 铒 and 镱), may be used. The amplifier amplifies the single-wavelength laser light from the infrared region or the visible region of the semiconductor laser, or the 隹Φ, as vacuum ultraviolet light, and converts the wavelength into ultraviolet light by nonlinear optical crystallization. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the illumination light used as the exposure device is not limited to light having a wavelength greater than 10 nm, and light having a wavelength less than i 〇〇 nm may be used. For example, in recent years, in order to expose 7 〇 nm In the following patterns, an EUV exposure apparatus has been developed which uses Es (R) or plasma laser as a light source to generate EUV (Extreme ItraViolet) light in a soft X-ray region (for example, a wavelength range of 5 to 15 nm). And a king reflection reduction optical system and a reflective reticle designed according to its exposure wavelength (for example, i3 5 nm) are used. Since the apparatus uses a circular arc illumination to synchronously scan the reticle and the wafer for scanning exposure, the present invention is suitably applied to the above apparatus. Further, the present invention is also applicable to an exposure apparatus using charged particle beams such as an electron beam or an ion beam. Further, in the above-described embodiment, a light-transmitting mask (a reticle) in which a predetermined light-shielding pattern (or a phase pattern, a light-reducing pattern) is formed on a substrate having light transparency is used, but for example, US Patent No. An optical mask disclosed in the specification of No. 6,778,257, which is also called a variable-shaping mask, a active mask, or an image generator, for example, includes a non-light-emitting image display element (space light tone) A DMD (Digital Micr〇-mirror Device) or the like is a transmission pattern, a reflection pattern, or a light-emitting pattern according to an electronic material of an image to be exposed. Moreover, the present invention is also applicable to, for example, the formation of interference fringes on a wafer, as disclosed in the specification of International Publication No. 2/1/35168 86 200916979.
光來對晶圓上之一個昭 "I 7队π取;^日-日圓上、而在晶圓 案之曝光裝置(微影系統)。 ^能將本發明適用於例如美國專利第 Γ所揭示之曝光裝置,其係將兩個標線片 系統在晶圓上合成,藉由一次之掃描曝 個照射區域大致同時進行雙重曝光。 又,於物體上形成圖案之裝置並不限於前述曝光裝置 (微影系統)’例 > 亦能將本發明適用於以噴墨式來將圖案形 成於物體上的裝置。 / 此外,上述實施形態中待形成圖案之物體(能量束所照 射之曝光對象的物體)並不限於晶圓,亦可係玻璃板、陶瓷 基板、膜構件、或者光罩基板等其他物體。 曝光裝置用途並不限定於半導體製造用之曝光裝置, 亦可廣泛適用於例如用來製造將液晶顯示元件圖案轉印於 方型玻璃板之液晶用曝光裝置’或製造有機EL、薄膜磁頭、 攝影元件(CCD等)、微型機器及DNA晶片等的曝光裝置。 又,除了製造半導體元件等微型元件以外,為了製造用於 光曝光裝置、EUV(極运紫外線)曝光裝置、X射線曝光裝置 及電子射線曝光裝置專的標線片或光罩,亦能將本發明適 用於用以將電路圖案轉印至玻璃基板或矽晶圓等之曝光裝 置。 此外,本發明之移動體驅動系統、移動體驅動方法並 不限定於曝光裝置,亦可廣泛適用於其他之基板處理裝置 (例如雷射修理裝置、基板檢查裝置等其他),或其他精密機 87 200916979 械中之試料定位裝置、打線裝置等具備在二維面内移動之 載台等移動體的裝置。 此外,援用與上述實施形態所引用之曝光裝置等相關 之所有公報(說明書)、國際公開小冊子、美國專利申請公開 說明書及美國專利說明書之揭示,來作為本說明書之記載 的一部分。 半導體元件’係經由下述步驟所製造,即··進行元件 ( 之功能、性能設計的步驟、由矽材料製作晶圓之步驟、藉 由前述實施形態之曝光裝置(圖案形成裝置)將形成於標線 片(光罩)之圖案轉印於晶圓的微影步驟、使已曝光之晶圓顯 衫之顯影步驟、藉由蝕刻除去光阻殘存部分以外部分之露 出構件的蝕刻步驟、除去結束蝕刻後不需要之光阻之光阻 除去步驟、元件組裝步驟(包含切割步驟、接合步驟、封裝 步驟)、檢查步驟等。 由於只要使用以上說明之本實施形態的元件製造方 法,即會在曝光步驟中使用上述實施形態之曝光裝置(圖案 形成裝置)及曝光方法(圖案形成方法),因此可一邊維持高 重疊精度,一邊進行高產能之曝光。據此,能提昇形成有 微細圖案之高積體度之微型元件的生產性。 如以上之說明,本發明之移動體驅動系統及移動體驅 動方法’係適於在移動面内驅動移動體。又,本發明之圖 案形成裝置及圖案形成方法,適於在物體上形成圖案。又, 明之曝光方法及曝光裝置、以及元件製造方法,適於 衣仏微型几件。又,本發明之測量方法,適於測量位置測 88 200916979 量系統所具備之感測器讀頭之設置位置。又,本發明之位 置測量系統,適於測量實質沿二維平面移動之移動體的位 置資訊。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1,係顯示一實施形態之曝光裝置的概略構成圖。 圖2 ’係顯示圖i之載台裝置的俯視圖。 p 圖3 ’係顯示圖1之曝光裝置所具備之各種測量裝置(編 螞、對準系統、多點AF系統、z讀頭等)配置的俯視圖。 圖4(A) ’係顯示晶圓載台WST之俯視圖,圖4(B),係 ^示晶圓載台WST之一部分截面的概略側視圖。 圖5(A) ’係顯示測量載台MST之俯視圖,圖5(B),係 項示測ϊ載台MST之一部分截面的概略側視圖。 圖6,係顯示一實施形態之曝光裝置之控制系統構成的 方塊圖。 圖7 ’係概略顯示z讀頭構成一例的圖。 圖8(A)係顯示聚焦感測器構成一例的圖,圖8(B)及圖 8(C)係用以說明圖8(A)之圓筒透鏡之形狀及功能的圖。 圖9(A)係顯示四分割受光元件之檢測區域之分割狀態 的圖’圖9(B)、圖9(C)及圖9(D),分別顯示在前焦點狀態、 埂想聚焦狀態、以及後聚焦狀態之反射光束lB2在檢測面 上的截面形狀的圖。 圖10(A)〜圖10(c)’係用以說明以一實施形態之曝光 裝置進行之聚焦映射的圖。 圖11(A)及圖11(b),係用以說明以一實施形態之曝光 89 200916979 裝置進行之聚焦校正的圖。 圖12(A)及圖12(B)’係用以說明以一實施形態之曝光 裝置進行之AF感測器間偏置修正的圖。 圖13’係顯示對晶圓載台上之晶圓進行步進掃描方式 之曝光時之狀態之晶圓載台及測量載台之狀態的圖。 圖14,係顯示晶圓卸载時(測量載台在到達將進行 —BCHK(時距)之位置時)兩載台的狀態。 ( 圖15,係顯示晶圓裝載時之兩載台的狀態。 圖16,係顯示從干涉儀之載台饲服控制切換至編碼器 之載台伺服控制時(晶圓載台移動至進行前述pri—之 前半處理的位置時)之兩載台的狀態。 圖17,係使用對準系統ALl,AL22, AL23,來同時 附設於三個-次對準照射區域之對準標記時晶圓载台盘測 量載台的狀態。 'Light comes to one of the wafers on the wafer, and the exposure device (the lithography system) on the wafer. The present invention can be applied to, for example, the exposure apparatus disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 2, which is to synthesize two reticle systems on a wafer, and to perform double exposure at substantially the same time by scanning one exposure area. Further, the apparatus for forming a pattern on an object is not limited to the above-described exposure apparatus (lithography system). The present invention can also be applied to an apparatus for forming a pattern on an object by an ink jet type. Further, in the above embodiment, the object to be patterned (the object to be exposed by the energy beam) is not limited to the wafer, and may be another object such as a glass plate, a ceramic substrate, a film member, or a mask substrate. The use of the exposure apparatus is not limited to the exposure apparatus for semiconductor manufacturing, and can be widely applied to, for example, an exposure apparatus for liquid crystal for transferring a liquid crystal display element pattern to a square glass plate, or manufacturing an organic EL, a thin film magnetic head, and photography. An exposure device such as a component (CCD or the like), a micromachine, or a DNA wafer. Further, in addition to manufacturing micro components such as semiconductor elements, it is also possible to manufacture a reticle or a photomask for a photo-exposure device, an EUV (ultraviolet ultraviolet ray) exposure device, an X-ray exposure device, and an electron ray exposure device. The invention is applicable to an exposure apparatus for transferring a circuit pattern to a glass substrate, a germanium wafer or the like. Further, the moving body drive system and the moving body driving method of the present invention are not limited to the exposure apparatus, and can be widely applied to other substrate processing apparatuses (for example, laser repair apparatuses, substrate inspection apparatuses, and the like), or other precision machines 87. In 200916, the sample positioning device and the wire bonding device in the machine include a moving body such as a stage that moves in a two-dimensional plane. Further, all the publications (instructions), the international publication pamphlets, the U.S. Patent Application Publications, and the U.S. Patent Application, which are incorporated herein by reference, are incorporated herein by reference. The semiconductor device is manufactured by the following steps: a step of performing a function (a function of performance, a design of a performance, a process of fabricating a wafer from a germanium material), and an exposure apparatus (pattern forming apparatus) according to the above embodiment. The reticle step of transferring the pattern of the reticle (mask) onto the wafer, the developing step of exposing the exposed wafer, the etching step of removing the exposed portion of the portion other than the photoresist remaining portion by etching, and the end of the removal a photoresist removal step, a component assembly step (including a dicing step, a bonding step, a packaging step), an inspection step, etc., which are not required for etching after etching. Since the component manufacturing method of the present embodiment described above is used, it is exposed In the step, since the exposure apparatus (pattern forming apparatus) and the exposure method (pattern forming method) of the above-described embodiment are used, it is possible to perform high-capacity exposure while maintaining high overlap precision. Accordingly, it is possible to increase the high product of the fine pattern. Productivity of the micro-components of the body. As described above, the mobile body drive system and the mobile body of the present invention The driving method is adapted to drive the moving body in the moving surface. Further, the pattern forming device and the pattern forming method of the present invention are suitable for forming a pattern on an object. Further, the exposure method and the exposure device, and the device manufacturing method are suitable. In addition, the measuring method of the present invention is suitable for measuring the position of the sensor read head provided by the position measuring system. The position measuring system of the present invention is suitable for measuring the substantial edge. Positional information of a moving body moving in a two-dimensional plane. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic block diagram showing an exposure apparatus according to an embodiment. Fig. 2' is a plan view showing a stage device of Fig. i. 'A top view showing the arrangement of various measuring devices (such as an editing machine, an alignment system, a multi-point AF system, and a z-head) provided in the exposure apparatus of Fig. 1. Fig. 4(A) ' shows a plan view of the wafer stage WST Fig. 4(B) is a schematic side view showing a section of a portion of the wafer stage WST. Fig. 5(A) shows a plan view of the measurement stage MST, and Fig. 5(B) shows the measurement stage. One part of MST Fig. 6 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a control system of an exposure apparatus according to an embodiment. Fig. 7 is a view schematically showing an example of a configuration of a z-head. Fig. 8(A) shows a composition of a focus sensor. FIG. 8(B) and FIG. 8(C) are diagrams for explaining the shape and function of the cylindrical lens of FIG. 8(A). FIG. 9(A) shows the detection area of the four-divided light-receiving element. The divided state diagrams [Fig. 9 (B), Fig. 9 (C), and Fig. 9 (D) show the cross-sectional shape of the reflected beam 1B2 on the detection surface in the front focus state, the imaginary focus state, and the back focus state, respectively. 10(A) to 10(c) are diagrams for explaining focus mapping by an exposure apparatus according to an embodiment. Figs. 11(A) and 11(b) are for explaining Exposure of an embodiment 89 200916979 A diagram of focus correction by a device. Fig. 12 (A) and Fig. 12 (B)' are views for explaining offset correction between AF sensors by an exposure apparatus according to an embodiment. Fig. 13' is a view showing the state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage in the state in which the wafer on the wafer stage is subjected to the step-and-scan method. Figure 14 shows the state of the two stages when the wafer is unloaded (when the measurement stage arrives at the position where BCHK (time interval) will be reached). (Figure 15 shows the state of the two stages when the wafer is loaded. Figure 16 shows the switch from the stage feeding control of the interferometer to the servo control of the encoder (the wafer stage moves to the aforementioned pri). - the state of the two stages when the position of the previous half is processed. Figure 17, is the wafer stage when the alignment marks AL1, AL22, AL23 are used to simultaneously attach the alignment marks of the three-time alignment illumination areas. The disk measures the state of the stage. '
圖18,係顯示進行聚焦校正前半之處理時晶圓載台與 測量載台的狀態。 圖,係使用對準系統AL1,似〜似,來同時檢 測附設於五個二次對準照射區域之對準標記時么盘 測量載台的狀態。 σ 〃 圖20,係在進#Pd_BCHK後半之處理及聚焦校正 之處理之至少一者時晶圓載台與測量载台的狀態。 ,AL2!〜 AL24 ’來同時檢 之對準標記時晶圓載台盘 圖21,係使用對準系統AL1 測附設於五個三次對準照射區域 測量載台的狀態。 90 200916979 圖22,係使用對準系統al1,AL22,al23,來同時檢測 附設於三個四次對準照射區域之對準標記時晶圓載台與測 量載台的狀態。 圖23,係顯不聚焦映射結束時之晶圓載台與測量載台 的狀態。 圖24(A)及圖24(B),係說明使用z讀頭之測量結果之 晶圓載台WST之Z位置與傾斜量的算出方法的圖。 f' 圖25(A)及圖25(B) ’係說明為了測量Z讀頭之設置位 置而設置之繞射光柵板之定位圖案的圖。 圖26(A)〜圖26(C),係用以窩名使用繞射光柵板之定 位圖案之Z讀頭之設置位置之測量的圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 5 液體供應裝置 6 液體回收裝置 8 局部液浸裝置 10 照明系統 11 標線片載台驅動系統 12 底座 14 液浸區域 15 移動鏡 16, 18 γ干涉儀 17a, 17b, 19a, 19b 反射面 20 主控制裝置 28 板體 91 200916979 28a 第1撥液區域 28b 第2撥液區域 30 測量板 3 1A 液體供應管 3 IB 液體回收管 32 嘴單元 34 記憶體 36 筐體 37, 38 格子線 39Xi, 39X2 X標尺 39Y1; 39Y2 Y標尺 40 /r/r 鏡闾 41 移動鏡 41a, 41b, 41c 反射面 43A, 43B Z干涉儀 44 受光系統 45 空間像測量裝置 46 FD桿 47A, 48B 固定鏡 50 載台裝置 52 基準格子 54 支撐構件 5 61 〜4 臂 5 8 i 〜4 真空墊 92 200916979Fig. 18 shows the state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the first half of the focus correction is performed. The figure is the state of the disk measurement stage when the alignment marks attached to the five secondary alignment illumination areas are simultaneously detected using the alignment system AL1. σ 〃 Fig. 20 shows the state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when at least one of the processing of the second half of #Pd_BCHK and the processing of the focus correction is performed. , AL2!~ AL24' to simultaneously check the alignment mark when the wafer is mounted on the wafer. Figure 21 shows the state of the measurement stage attached to the five cubic alignment illumination areas using the alignment system AL1. 90 200916979 Figure 22 shows the state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the alignment marks attached to the three four-time alignment illumination areas are simultaneously detected using the alignment systems al1, AL22, and al23. Figure 23 shows the state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage at the end of the unfocused mapping. Figs. 24(A) and 24(B) are views for explaining a method of calculating the Z position and the tilt amount of the wafer stage WST using the measurement results of the z read head. f' Figs. 25(A) and 25(B)' are views for explaining a positioning pattern of a diffraction grating plate provided for measuring the position of the Z read head. Fig. 26(A) to Fig. 26(C) are diagrams for measuring the position of the Z read head using the positioning pattern of the diffraction grating plate. [Main component symbol description] 5 Liquid supply device 6 Liquid recovery device 8 Local liquid immersion device 10 Illumination system 11 Marker stage drive system 12 Base 14 Liquid immersion area 15 Moving mirror 16, 18 γ interferometer 17a, 17b, 19a 19b Reflecting surface 20 Main control unit 28 Plate 91 200916979 28a 1st liquid-repellent area 28b 2nd liquid-repellent area 30 Measuring plate 3 1A Liquid supply pipe 3 IB Liquid recovery pipe 32 Mouth unit 34 Memory 36 Housing 37, 38 Grid line 39Xi, 39X2 X scale 39Y1; 39Y2 Y scale 40 /r/r Mirror 41 moving mirror 41a, 41b, 41c Reflecting surface 43A, 43B Z interferometer 44 Light receiving system 45 Space image measuring device 46 FD rods 47A, 48B fixed Mirror 50 stage device 52 reference grid 54 support member 5 61 ~ 4 arm 5 8 i ~ 4 vacuum pad 92 200916979
6 0 1 ~ 4 旋轉驅動機構 62A〜62F 讀頭單元 64i〜 645,65i 〜65, Y讀頭 64a 照射系統 64b 光學系統 64c 受光系統 661 〜6 X讀頭 70A, 70E2, 70F2 Υ線性編碼 70B X線性編碼器 70E, 70F Υ轴線性編碼器 72a〜72d Ζ讀頭 74!〜743, 763 〜765 Ζ讀頭 90a 照射系統 90b 受光系統 91, 92 載台本體 94 照度不均感測器 96 空間像測量器 98 波面像差測量器 99 感測器群 100 曝光裝置 116 標線片干涉儀 118 干涉儀系統 120 目標值計算輸出部 121 干涉儀/Ζ讀頭輸出轉換部 93 200916979 124 載台驅動系統 126, 127, 128 X干涉儀 150 編碼器系統 170 訊號處理/選擇裝置 180 面位置測量系統 191 前端透鏡 200 測量系統 AL1 f ' 一次對準系統 二次對準系統 AS 照射區域 AX 光轴 B1 〜B7 測距光束 B 41,B 4 2,B 5 1,B 5 2 測距光束 CL, LL 中心線 Enc1〜Enc4 編碼Is FM ί 基準標記 ΙΑ 曝光區域 IAR 照明區域 IL 照明光 L2a, L2b 透鏡 LB 雷射光束 L B i, L B 2 光束 LD 半導體雷射 LP 裝載位置 94 2009169796 0 1 to 4 rotary drive mechanisms 62A to 62F read head units 64i to 645, 65i to 65, Y read head 64a illumination system 64b optical system 64c light receiving system 661 to 6 X read heads 70A, 70E2, 70F2 Υ linear code 70B X Linear encoder 70E, 70F Υ Axis encoders 72a to 72d Ζ read head 74!~743, 763 765 Ζ read head 90a illumination system 90b light receiving system 91, 92 stage body 94 illuminance unevenness sensor 96 space image Measuring device 98 wavefront aberration measuring device 99 sensor group 100 exposure device 116 reticle interferometer 118 interferometer system 120 target value calculation output unit 121 interferometer/head reading head output conversion unit 93 200916979 124 stage drive system 126 , 127, 128 X Interferometer 150 Encoder System 170 Signal Processing / Selection Device 180 Surface Position Measurement System 191 Front End Lens 200 Measurement System AL1 f 'One Alignment System Secondary Alignment System AS Irradiation Area AX Optical Axis B1 ~ B7 From beam B 41, B 4 2, B 5 1, B 5 2 Ranging beam CL, LL Center line Enc1~Enc4 Encoding Is FM ί Reference mark 曝光 Exposure area IAR Illumination area IL Light L2a, L2b lens LB laser beam L B i, L B 2 of the semiconductor laser beam LD loading position LP 94,200,916,979
Lq 液體 LH, LV 直線 LW 中心軸 M 光罩 MTB 測量台 MST 測量載台 0 旋轉中心 PBS .... 偏光分光器 \ PL 投影光學系統 PU 投影單元 R 標線片 R1 a, Rib, R2a, R2b 反射鏡 RG 反射型繞射光柵 RST 標線片載台 SL 空間像測量狹縫圖案 UP / 卸載位置 W 晶圓 WPla, WPlb λ /4板 WTB 晶圓台 WST 晶圓載台 95Lq liquid LH, LV linear LW center axis M mask MTB measuring station MST measuring stage 0 rotating center PBS .... polarizing beam splitter \ PL projection optical system PU projection unit R marking line R1 a, Rib, R2a, R2b Mirror RG Reflective Diffraction Grating RST Marker Stage SL Space Image Measurement Slit Pattern UP / Unload Position W Wafer WPla, WPlb λ /4 Board WTB Wafer Table WST Wafer Stage 95
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US93566707P | 2007-08-24 | 2007-08-24 | |
| US12/195,923 US8218129B2 (en) | 2007-08-24 | 2008-08-21 | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, measuring method, and position measurement system |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW200916979A true TW200916979A (en) | 2009-04-16 |
| TWI525396B TWI525396B (en) | 2016-03-11 |
Family
ID=40381812
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW097132324A TWI525396B (en) | 2007-08-24 | 2008-08-25 | Mobile body driving method and moving body driving system, pattern forming method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, component manufacturing method, measuring method, and position measuring system |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US8218129B2 (en) |
| JP (3) | JP2009055035A (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101465285B1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI525396B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2009028694A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI505055B (en) * | 2011-07-22 | 2015-10-21 | Murata Machinery Ltd | Moving body system and moving body transition control method |
| TWI902294B (en) * | 2023-08-08 | 2025-10-21 | 日商斯庫林集團股份有限公司 | Optical apparatus and drawing apparatus |
Families Citing this family (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US8237919B2 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2012-08-07 | Nikon Corporation | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method for continuous position measurement of movable body before and after switching between sensor heads |
| NL1036474A1 (en) * | 2008-02-08 | 2009-08-11 | Asml Netherlands Bv | Lithographic apparatus and calibration method. |
| US8599359B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2013-12-03 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method |
| US8773635B2 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2014-07-08 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method |
| US8760629B2 (en) * | 2008-12-19 | 2014-06-24 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus including positional measurement system of movable body, exposure method of exposing object including measuring positional information of movable body, and device manufacturing method that includes exposure method of exposing object, including measuring positional information of movable body |
| US8902402B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2014-12-02 | Nikon Corporation | Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method |
| US8553204B2 (en) * | 2009-05-20 | 2013-10-08 | Nikon Corporation | Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method |
| US8488109B2 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2013-07-16 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
| US20110096306A1 (en) * | 2009-09-28 | 2011-04-28 | Nikon Corporation | Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method |
| US20110096318A1 (en) * | 2009-09-28 | 2011-04-28 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method |
| US20110102761A1 (en) * | 2009-09-28 | 2011-05-05 | Nikon Corporation | Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, and device fabricating method |
| US20110096312A1 (en) * | 2009-09-28 | 2011-04-28 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method |
| US20110128523A1 (en) * | 2009-11-19 | 2011-06-02 | Nikon Corporation | Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method |
| US20110123913A1 (en) * | 2009-11-19 | 2011-05-26 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus, exposing method, and device fabricating method |
| US8488106B2 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2013-07-16 | Nikon Corporation | Movable body drive method, movable body apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
| JP2013042114A (en) * | 2011-07-19 | 2013-02-28 | Canon Inc | Drawing device, and article manufacturing method |
| US9207549B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2015-12-08 | Nikon Corporation | Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method with encoder of higher reliability for position measurement |
| US20170302910A1 (en) * | 2016-04-19 | 2017-10-19 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and apparatus for merging depth maps in a depth camera system |
Family Cites Families (57)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS57117238A (en) | 1981-01-14 | 1982-07-21 | Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> | Exposing and baking device for manufacturing integrated circuit with illuminometer |
| JPS6144429A (en) | 1984-08-09 | 1986-03-04 | Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> | Alignment method |
| US4780617A (en) * | 1984-08-09 | 1988-10-25 | Nippon Kogaku K.K. | Method for successive alignment of chip patterns on a substrate |
| JP2606285B2 (en) | 1988-06-07 | 1997-04-30 | 株式会社ニコン | Exposure apparatus and alignment method |
| KR100300618B1 (en) * | 1992-12-25 | 2001-11-22 | 오노 시게오 | EXPOSURE METHOD, EXPOSURE DEVICE, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD USING THE DEVICE |
| JP3316833B2 (en) | 1993-03-26 | 2002-08-19 | 株式会社ニコン | Scanning exposure method, surface position setting device, scanning type exposure device, and device manufacturing method using the method |
| JPH06241720A (en) | 1993-02-18 | 1994-09-02 | Sony Corp | Displacement amount measuring method and displacement meter |
| JPH07270122A (en) * | 1994-03-30 | 1995-10-20 | Canon Inc | Displacement detecting device, exposure apparatus including the displacement detecting device, and device manufacturing method |
| US5825043A (en) | 1996-10-07 | 1998-10-20 | Nikon Precision Inc. | Focusing and tilting adjustment system for lithography aligner, manufacturing apparatus or inspection apparatus |
| JP4029182B2 (en) | 1996-11-28 | 2008-01-09 | 株式会社ニコン | Exposure method |
| IL130137A (en) * | 1996-11-28 | 2003-07-06 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus and an exposure method |
| JP4029183B2 (en) | 1996-11-28 | 2008-01-09 | 株式会社ニコン | Projection exposure apparatus and projection exposure method |
| DE69717975T2 (en) | 1996-12-24 | 2003-05-28 | Asml Netherlands B.V., Veldhoven | POSITIONER BALANCED IN TWO DIRECTIONS, AND LITHOGRAPHIC DEVICE WITH SUCH A POSITIONER |
| JPH1116816A (en) * | 1997-06-25 | 1999-01-22 | Nikon Corp | Projection exposure apparatus, exposure method using the apparatus, and method for manufacturing circuit device using the apparatus |
| US6897963B1 (en) | 1997-12-18 | 2005-05-24 | Nikon Corporation | Stage device and exposure apparatus |
| US6208407B1 (en) * | 1997-12-22 | 2001-03-27 | Asm Lithography B.V. | Method and apparatus for repetitively projecting a mask pattern on a substrate, using a time-saving height measurement |
| IL138374A (en) * | 1998-03-11 | 2004-07-25 | Nikon Corp | Ultraviolet laser apparatus and exposure apparatus comprising the ultraviolet laser apparatus |
| AU2747999A (en) | 1998-03-26 | 1999-10-18 | Nikon Corporation | Projection exposure method and system |
| AU3849199A (en) | 1998-05-19 | 1999-12-06 | Nikon Corporation | Aberration measuring instrument and measuring method, projection exposure apparatus provided with the instrument and device-manufacturing method using the measuring method, and exposure method |
| WO2001035168A1 (en) | 1999-11-10 | 2001-05-17 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Interference lithography utilizing phase-locked scanning beams |
| SG107560A1 (en) * | 2000-02-25 | 2004-12-29 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus and exposure method capable of controlling illumination distribution |
| JP2001313250A (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2001-11-09 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus, adjustment method thereof, and device manufacturing method using the exposure apparatus |
| JP2002014005A (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2002-01-18 | Nikon Corp | Aerial image measurement method, imaging characteristic measurement method, aerial image measurement device, and exposure device |
| US20020041377A1 (en) * | 2000-04-25 | 2002-04-11 | Nikon Corporation | Aerial image measurement method and unit, optical properties measurement method and unit, adjustment method of projection optical system, exposure method and apparatus, making method of exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
| JP3762307B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2006-04-05 | キヤノン株式会社 | Exposure apparatus including laser interferometer system |
| KR100815222B1 (en) | 2001-02-27 | 2008-03-19 | 에이에스엠엘 유에스, 인크. | A method of exposing a field on a substrate stage with an image from a lithographic apparatus and at least two patterns formed on at least one reticle |
| TW529172B (en) * | 2001-07-24 | 2003-04-21 | Asml Netherlands Bv | Imaging apparatus |
| JP3890233B2 (en) * | 2002-01-07 | 2007-03-07 | キヤノン株式会社 | Positioning stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, and semiconductor device manufacturing method |
| TWI223132B (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2004-11-01 | Nikon Corp | Image formation state adjustment system, exposing method and exposing device and data recording medium |
| EP1532489A2 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2005-05-25 | Nikon Corporation | Projection optical system and method for photolithography and exposure apparatus and method using same |
| CN100470367C (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2009-03-18 | Asml荷兰有限公司 | Photolithography apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| EP2495613B1 (en) | 2002-11-12 | 2013-07-31 | ASML Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus |
| CN101872135B (en) | 2002-12-10 | 2013-07-31 | 株式会社尼康 | Exposure system and device producing method |
| JP4184346B2 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2008-11-19 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Liquid removal in a method and apparatus for irradiating a spot on a layer |
| EP1732075A3 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2007-02-21 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and device for irradiating spots on a layer |
| TWI621923B (en) | 2003-02-26 | 2018-04-21 | 尼康股份有限公司 | Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and component manufacturing method |
| JP4315420B2 (en) * | 2003-04-18 | 2009-08-19 | キヤノン株式会社 | Exposure apparatus and exposure method |
| KR101516142B1 (en) | 2003-05-06 | 2015-05-04 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Projection optical system, and exposure apparatus and exposure method |
| JP2004356290A (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2004-12-16 | Nikon Corp | Exposure apparatus and exposure method |
| EP1482373A1 (en) * | 2003-05-30 | 2004-12-01 | ASML Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| EP1482375B1 (en) | 2003-05-30 | 2014-09-17 | ASML Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| JP4444920B2 (en) * | 2003-09-19 | 2010-03-31 | 株式会社ニコン | Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| JP2005129674A (en) * | 2003-10-23 | 2005-05-19 | Canon Inc | Scanning exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| WO2005059617A2 (en) | 2003-12-15 | 2005-06-30 | Carl Zeiss Smt Ag | Projection objective having a high aperture and a planar end surface |
| WO2005059645A2 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2005-06-30 | Carl Zeiss Smt Ag | Microlithography projection objective with crystal elements |
| US20050134816A1 (en) | 2003-12-22 | 2005-06-23 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus, method of exposing a substrate, method of measurement, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby |
| US6955074B2 (en) | 2003-12-29 | 2005-10-18 | Asml Netherlands, B.V. | Lithographic apparatus, method of calibration, calibration plate, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby |
| JP2005317916A (en) | 2004-03-30 | 2005-11-10 | Canon Inc | Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method |
| US7566893B2 (en) | 2004-06-22 | 2009-07-28 | Nikon Corporation | Best focus detection method, exposure method, and exposure apparatus |
| CN101052916B (en) | 2004-09-30 | 2010-05-12 | 株式会社尼康 | Projection optics and exposure devices |
| US7349069B2 (en) | 2005-04-20 | 2008-03-25 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus and positioning apparatus |
| US7197828B2 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2007-04-03 | Asml Netherlands B.V. | Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method utilizing FPD chuck Z position measurement |
| US7348574B2 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2008-03-25 | Asml Netherlands, B.V. | Position measurement system and lithographic apparatus |
| SG178816A1 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2012-03-29 | Nikon Corp | Measuring apparatus and method, processing apparatus and method, pattern forming apparatus and method, exposure appararus and method, and device manufacturing method |
| KR101346581B1 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2014-01-02 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Pattern forming apparatus, pattern forming method, mobile object driving system, mobile body driving method, exposure apparatus, exposure method and device manufacturing method |
| KR101495471B1 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2015-02-23 | 가부시키가이샤 니콘 | Pattern forming apparatus, mark detecting apparatus, exposure apparatus, pattern forming method, exposure method and device manufacturing method |
| TWI434326B (en) | 2006-09-01 | 2014-04-11 | 尼康股份有限公司 | Mobile body driving method and moving body driving system, pattern forming method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, component manufacturing method, and correcting method |
-
2008
- 2008-08-21 US US12/195,923 patent/US8218129B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2008-08-23 JP JP2008214735A patent/JP2009055035A/en active Pending
- 2008-08-25 TW TW097132324A patent/TWI525396B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2008-08-25 WO PCT/JP2008/065607 patent/WO2009028694A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2008-08-25 KR KR1020097026533A patent/KR101465285B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2012
- 2012-10-29 JP JP2012237750A patent/JP5334003B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2013
- 2013-04-19 JP JP2013087981A patent/JP5334004B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TWI505055B (en) * | 2011-07-22 | 2015-10-21 | Murata Machinery Ltd | Moving body system and moving body transition control method |
| TWI902294B (en) * | 2023-08-08 | 2025-10-21 | 日商斯庫林集團股份有限公司 | Optical apparatus and drawing apparatus |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP5334003B2 (en) | 2013-11-06 |
| US20090051892A1 (en) | 2009-02-26 |
| KR20100057533A (en) | 2010-05-31 |
| JP2009055035A (en) | 2009-03-12 |
| US8218129B2 (en) | 2012-07-10 |
| TWI525396B (en) | 2016-03-11 |
| JP2013150008A (en) | 2013-08-01 |
| KR101465285B1 (en) | 2014-11-26 |
| WO2009028694A1 (en) | 2009-03-05 |
| JP2013034004A (en) | 2013-02-14 |
| JP5334004B2 (en) | 2013-11-06 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TW200916979A (en) | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, measuring method, and position measurement system | |
| US9304412B2 (en) | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and measuring method | |
| KR101457244B1 (en) | Drive method and drive system for a movable body | |
| US8767182B2 (en) | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method | |
| KR101470678B1 (en) | Method and system for driving a movable body | |
| US8085385B2 (en) | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, and pattern formation method and pattern formation apparatus | |
| EP3193212B1 (en) | Exposure apparatus and method, and device manufacturing method | |
| TWI397782B (en) | A moving body driving method and a moving body driving system, a pattern forming method and apparatus, an element manufacturing method, and a processing system | |
| TW200931204A (en) | Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |